AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer

AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer
Programmer Manual
AWG400/500/600 Series
Arbitrary Waveform Generator
070-A810-50
This document supports program version 3.0 of
AWG400 Series, version 4.0 of AWG500 Series
and program version 4.0 of AWG600 Series.
www.tektronix.com
Copyright © Tektronix Japan, Ltd. All rights reserved.
Copyright © Tektronix, Inc. All rights reserved.
Tektronix products are covered by U.S. and foreign patents, issued and pending. Information in this publication supercedes
that in all previously published material. Specifications and price change privileges reserved.
Tektronix Japan, Ltd., 5–9–31 Kitashinagawa, Shinagawa–ku, Tokyo 141–0001 Japan
Tektronix, Inc., P.O. Box 500, Beaverton, OR 97077
TEKTRONIX and TEK are registered trademarks of Tektronix, Inc.
WARRANTY
Tektronix warrants that this product will be free from defects in materials and workmanship for a period of one (1) year
from the date of shipment. If any such product proves defective during this warranty period, Tektronix, at its option, either
will repair the defective product without charge for parts and labor, or will provide a replacement in exchange for the
defective product.
In order to obtain service under this warranty, Customer must notify Tektronix of the defect before the expiration of the
warranty period and make suitable arrangements for the performance of service. Customer shall be responsible for
packaging and shipping the defective product to the service center designated by Tektronix, with shipping charges prepaid.
Tektronix shall pay for the return of the product to Customer if the shipment is to a location within the country in which the
Tektronix service center is located. Customer shall be responsible for paying all shipping charges, duties, taxes, and any
other charges for products returned to any other locations.
This warranty shall not apply to any defect, failure or damage caused by improper use or improper or inadequate
maintenance and care. Tektronix shall not be obligated to furnish service under this warranty a) to repair damage resulting
from attempts by personnel other than Tektronix representatives to install, repair or service the product; b) to repair
damage resulting from improper use or connection to incompatible equipment; or c) to service a product that has been
modified or integrated with other products when the effect of such modification or integration increases the time or
difficulty of servicing the product.
THIS WARRANTY IS GIVEN BY TEKTRONIX WITH RESPECT TO THIS PRODUCT IN LIEU OF ANY
OTHER WARRANTIES, EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED. TEKTRONIX AND ITS VENDORS DISCLAIM ANY
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
TEKTRONIX’ RESPONSIBILITY TO REPAIR OR REPLACE DEFECTIVE PRODUCTS IS THE SOLE AND
EXCLUSIVE REMEDY PROVIDED TO THE CUSTOMER FOR BREACH OF THIS WARRANTY. TEKTRONIX
AND ITS VENDORS WILL NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES IRRESPECTIVE OF WHETHER TEKTRONIX OR THE VENDOR HAS
ADVANCE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
Table of Contents
List of Tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
List of Figures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Preface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
vi
viii
xi
Getting Started . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1–1
Manual Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Setting Up Remote Communications Using GPIB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Setting Up Remote Communications Using Ethernet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1–1
1–4
1–8
Getting Started
Syntax and Commands
Command Syntax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2–1
SCPI Commands and Queries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IEEE 488.2 Common Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Constructed Mnemonics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Syntax Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2–2
2–9
2–10
2–15
Command Groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2–17
Functional Groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Command Quick Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Command Summaries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2–17
2–18
2–20
Command Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2–31
ABORt (No Query Form) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ABSTouch (No Query Form) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AWGControl:CLOCk:SOURce (?)
AWG400/500 series Only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AWGControl:DOUTput<x>[:STATe] (?) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AWGControl:ENHanced:SEQuence[:JMODe] (?) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AWGControl:EVENt[:LOGic][:IMMediate] (No Query Form) . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AWGControl:EVENt:SOFTware[:IMMediate] (No Query Form) . . . . . . . . . . .
AWGControl:EVENt:TABLe[:IMMediate] (No Query Form) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AWGControl:FG:FREQuency[:CW|:FIXed] (?) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AWGControl:FG<n>:FUNCtion[:SHAPe] (?) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AWGControl:FG<n>:PHASe[:ADJust] (?)
AWG420, AWG430 and AWG520 Only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AWGControl:FG<n>:POLarity (?) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AWGControl:FG<n>:PULSe:DCYCle (?) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AWGControl:FG[:STATe] (?) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AWGControl:FG<n>:VOLTage[:LEVel][:IMMediate][:AMPLitude] (?) . . . . . .
AWGControl:FG<n>:VOLTage[:LEVel][:IMMediate]:OFFSet (?) . . . . . . . . . .
AWGControl:RMODe (?) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AWGControl:RSTate? (Query Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AWGControl:RUN[:IMMediate] (No Query Form) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AWGControl:SREStore (No Query Form) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AWGControl:SSAVe (No Query Form) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AWGControl:STOP[:IMMediate] (No Query Form) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2–31
2–32
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
2–37
2–37
2–39
2–39
2–40
2–41
2–41
2–42
2–44
2–45
2–46
2–47
2–48
2–49
2–50
2–51
2–51
2–52
2–53
2–53
i
Table of Contents
*CAL? (Query Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CALibration[:ALL] (?) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
*CLS (No Query Form) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DIAGnostic:DATA? (Query Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DIAGnostic[:IMMediate] (?) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DIAGnostic:SELect (?) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DISPlay:BRIGhtness (?)
AWG500/600 series Only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DISPlay:ENABle (?)
AWG400 series Only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DISPlay:HILight:COLor (?)
AWG400 series Only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
*ESE (?) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
*ESR? (Query Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
HCOPy:DESTination (No Query Form) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
HCOPy:DEVice:COLor (?)
AWG400 series Only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
HCOPy:DEVice:LANGuage (?) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
HCOPy[:IMMediate] (No Query Form) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
HCOPy:SDUMp[:IMMediate] (No Query Form) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
*IDN? (Query Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MMEMory:CATalog? (Query Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MMEMory:CDIRectory (?) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MMEMory:CLOSe (No Query Form) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MMEMory:COPY (No Query Form) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MMEMory:DATA (?) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MMEMory:DELete (No Query Form) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MMEMory:FEED (?) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MMEMory:INITialize (No Query Form) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MMEMory:MDIRectory (No Query Form) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MMEMory:MOVE (No Query Form) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MMEMory:MSIS (?) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MMEMory:NAME (?) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MMEMory:OPEN (No Query Form) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
*OPC (?) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
*OPT? (Query Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
OUTPut<x>:FILTer[:LPASs]:FREQuency (?) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
OUTPut<x>:ISTate (?)
AWG400 series(except Opt05) , AWG510 and AWG610 Only . . . . . . . . . .
OUTPut<x>[:STATe] (?) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
*PSC (?) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
*RST (No Query Form) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
[SOURce<x>]:COMBine:FEED (?)
AWG400/500 series Only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
[SOURce<x>]:FREQuency[:CW|FIXed] (?) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
[SOURce<x>]:FUNCtion:USER (?) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
[SOURce<x>]:MARKer[1|2]:DELay (?)
AWG500/600 series Only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
[SOURce<x>]:MARKer[1|2]:VOLTage[:LEVel][:IMMediate]:HIGH (?)
AWG500/600 series Only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
[SOURce<x>]:MARKer[1|2]:VOLTage[:LEVel][:IMMediate]:LOW (?)
AWG500/600 series Only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ii
2–54
2–55
2–56
2–56
2–57
2–58
2–59
2–59
2–60
2–61
2–62
2–62
2–63
2–63
2–64
2–65
2–65
2–66
2–67
2–67
2–68
2–69
2–69
2–70
2–71
2–72
2–72
2–73
2–74
2–75
2–76
2–76
2–77
2–78
2–79
2–80
2–81
2–81
2–83
2–84
2–85
2–86
2–87
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
Table of Contents
SOURce<x>:POWer[:LEVel][:IMMediate][:AMPLitude] (?)
AWG400/500 series Only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
[SOURce<x>]:ROSCillator:SOURce (?) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SOURce[2|3|5|6]:SKEW (?)
AWG400 series Only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
[SOURce<x>]:VOLTage[:LEVel][:IMMediate][:AMPLitude] (?) . . . . . . . . . . .
SOURce5:VOLTage[:LEVel][:IMMediate]:HIGH (?)
AWG500 series Only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SOURce5:VOLTage[:LEVel][:IMMediate]:LOW (?)
AWG500 series Only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
[SOURce<x>]:VOLTage[:LEVel][:IMMediate]:OFFSet (?) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
*SRE (?) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
STATus:OPERation:CONDition? (Query Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
STATus:OPERation:ENABle (?) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
STATus:OPERation[:EVENt]? (Query Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
STATus:PRESet (No Query Form) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
STATus:QUEStionable:CONDition? (Query Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
STATus:QUEStionable:ENABle (?) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
STATus:QUEStionable[:EVENt]? (Query Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
STATus:QUEue[:NEXT]? (Query Only)
AWG500/600 series Only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
*STB? (Query Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SYSTem:BEEPer[:IMMediate] (No Query Form) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:DHCP[:CLIent]:LEASe:TIME (?)
AWG400 series Only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:DHCP[:CLIent][:STATe] (?)
AWG400 series Only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:FTP[:SERVer][:STATe] (?) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:FTP[:SERVer]:VERSion (?) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:GATeway[1|2|3]:ADDRess (?) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:NFS:TLIMit (?) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:PING? (Query Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:RDEVice[1|2|3]:ADDRess (?) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:RDEVice[1|2|3]:FSYStem (?) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:RDEVice[1|2|3]:NAME (?) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:RDEVice[1|2|3]:PROTocol (?) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:RDEVice[1|2|3][:STATe] (?) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN[:SELF]:ADDRess (?) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN[:SELF]:MADDress? (Query Only)
AWG400 series Only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN[:SELF]:SMASk (?) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SYSTem:DATE (?) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SYSTem:ERRor? (Query Only)
AWG500/600 series Only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SYSTem:ERRor[:NEXT]? (Query Only)
AWG400 series Only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SYSTem:KDIRrection (?) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SYSTem:KEYBoard[:TYPE] (?) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SYSTem:KLOCk (?) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SYSTem:SECurity:IMMediate (No Query Form) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SYSTem:TIME (?) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SYSTem:UPTime? (Query Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SYSTem:VERSion? (Query Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
2–88
2–89
2–90
2–90
2–91
2–92
2–93
2–94
2–95
2–96
2–96
2–97
2–97
2–98
2–99
2–99
2–100
2–101
2–101
2–102
2–103
2–103
2–104
2–105
2–105
2–106
2–107
2–107
2–108
2–109
2–109
2–110
2–111
2–112
2–113
2–114
2–115
2–115
2–116
2–117
2–117
2–118
2–119
iii
Table of Contents
*TRG (No Query Form) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TRIGger[:SEQuence][:IMMediate] (No Query Form) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TRIGger[:SEQuence]:IMPedance (?) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TRIGger[:SEQuence]:LEVel (?) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TRIGger[:SEQuence]:POLarity (?) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TRIGger[:SEQuence]:SLOPe (?) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TRIGger[:SEQuence]:SOURce (?) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TRIGger[:SEQuence]:TIMer (?) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
*TST? (Query Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
*WAI (No Query Form) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2–119
2–120
2–120
2–121
2–121
2–122
2–123
2–123
2–124
2–125
Retrieving Response Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Data Transfer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2–127
2–129
Data File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
About Waveform and Pattern Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Data Transfer Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2–129
2–130
2–138
Status and Events
Status and Event Reporting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3–1
Status Reporting Structure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Status Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Enable Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Queues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Status and Event Processing Sequence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
I/O Status and Event Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Synchronizing Execution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3–1
3–4
3–4
3–8
3–10
3–11
3–13
3–14
3–14
Messages and Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3–15
Command Errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Execution Errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Device Specific Errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Query Errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power-On Events . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
User Request Events . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Request Control Events . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Operation Complete Events . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Device Errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3–16
3–18
3–20
3–21
3–21
3–21
3–22
3–22
3–23
Programming Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4–1
Appendix A: Character Charts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Appendix B: GPIB Interface Specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
A–1
B–1
Interface Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Interface Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
B–1
B–3
Appendix C: Network Interface Specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Appendix D: SCPI Conformance Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
C–1
D–1
Examples
Appendices
iv
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
Table of Contents
Appendix E: Factory Initialization Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
E–1
Glossary and Index
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
v
Table of Contents
List of Tables
vi
Table 2–1: BNF symbols and meanings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 2–2: Query response examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 2–3: Parameter types used in syntax descriptions . . . . . . . . . .
Table 2–4: Functional groups in the AWG command set . . . . . . . . . .
Table 2–5: AWG Control commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 2–6: Calibration commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 2–7: Diagnostic commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 2–8: Display commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 2–9: Hardcopy commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 2–10: Mass storage in AWG400/500/600 series . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 2–11: Mass Memory commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 2–12: Output channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 2–13: Output commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 2–14: Available source and markers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 2–15: Source commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 2–16: Status commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 2–17: Synchronization commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 2–18: System commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 2–19: Trigger commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 2–20: Argument and available AWG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 2–21: Selecting run modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 2–22: Self-test routines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2–1
2–3
2–4
2–17
2–20
2–21
2–21
2–21
2–22
2–23
2–23
2–24
2–24
2–25
2–26
2–27
2–27
2–28
2–30
2–32
2–50
2–58
Table 3–1: SBR bit functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 3–2: SESR bit functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 3–3: OCR bit functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 3–4: QCR bit functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 3–5: Definition of event codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 3–6: Command errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 3–7: Execution errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 3–8: Device specific errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 3–9: Query errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 3–10: Power-on events . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 3–11: User request events . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 3–12: Request control events . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3–5
3–6
3–7
3–7
3–15
3–16
3–18
3–20
3–21
3–21
3–21
3–22
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
Table of Contents
Table 3–13: Operation complete events . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 3–14: Device errors (AWG400 series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 3–15: Device errors (AWG500/600 series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3–22
3–23
3–30
Table A–1: The AWG character set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table A–2: ASCII & GPIB code chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table B–1: GPIB interface function implementation . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table B–2: AWG standard interface message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table D–1: SCPI conformance information(AWG400 series) . . . . . .
Table D–2: SCPI conformance information(AWG500/600 series) . . .
Table E–1: Factory initialization settings (AWG400 series) . . . . . . . .
Table E–2: Factory initialization settings (AWG500/600 series) . . . .
A–1
A–2
B–1
B–3
D–1
D–4
E–1
E–4
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
vii
Table of Contents
List of Figures
Figure 1–1: Common message elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1–1
Figure 1–2: Functional groupings and alphabetical list of commands
1–2
Figure 1–3: Basic operation of status and events reporting . . . . . . . .
1–3
Figure 1–4: The floppy disk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1–3
Figure 1–5: GPIB connector location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1–4
Figure 1–6: How to stack GPIB connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1–5
Figure 1–7: Typical GPIB network configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1–6
Figure 1–8: Selecting the GPIB configuration and address . . . . . . . .
1–7
Figure 1–9: Ethernet port location (AWG400 series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1–8
Figure 1–10: Ethernet port location (AWG500/600 series) . . . . . . . . .
1–8
Figure 1–11: Setting the Network parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1–9
Figure 1–12: Message box to indicate the establishment of communication . .
1–10
Figure 2–1: Example of SCPI subsystem hierarchy tree . . . . . . . . . . .
2–2
Figure 2–2: Example of abbreviating a command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2–5
Figure 2–3: Example of chaining commands and queries . . . . . . . . . .
2–6
Figure 2–4: Example of omitting root and lower-level nodes in a chained
message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2–6
Figure 2–5: Typical syntax diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2–15
Figure 2–6: ABSTouch arguments and associated controls . . . . . . . . .
2–35
Figure 2–7: ABSTouch arguments and Front panel key area . . . . . . .
2–36
Figure 2–8: ABSTouch arguments and Trigger, Output controls . . . .
2–36
Figure 2–9: Retrieving response messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2–127
Figure 2–10: The Waveform file format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2–131
Figure 2–11: The Pattern File format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2–132
Figure 2–12: The Sequence File format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2–134
Figure 2–13: The Equation File format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2–136
Figure 2–14: The Code Convert File format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2–137
Figure 3–1: Error and Event handling process overview . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 3–2: The Status Byte Register (SBR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 3–3: The Standard Event Status Register (SESR) . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 3–4: The Operation Condition Register (OCR) . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 3–5: The Questionable Condition Register (QCR) . . . . . . . . .
Figure 3–6: The Event Status Enable Register (ESER) . . . . . . . . . . . .
viii
3–2
3–5
3–6
3–7
3–7
3–8
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
Table of Contents
Figure 3–7: The Service Request Enable Register (SRER) . . . . . . . . .
3–9
Figure 3–8: The Operation Enable Register (OENR) . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3–9
Figure 3–9: The Questionable Enable Register (QENR) . . . . . . . . . . .
3–9
Figure 3–10: Status and Event processing sequence — Operation status
block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3–11
Figure 3–11: Status and Event processing sequence — Questionable status
block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3–11
Figure 3–12: Status and Event processing sequence — Standard/Event
status block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3–12
Figure 3–13: Status and Event screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3–13
Figure 4–1: Equipment needed to run the GPIB example programs .
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
4–1
ix
Table of Contents
x
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
Preface
This is the programmer manual for the AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary
Waveform Generators. This manual provides information necessary for operating
the instrument over both the General Purpose Interface Bus (GPIB) and Ethernet
interfaces.
This manual provides the following information:
H
The Getting Started section describes how to connect and set up the
waveform generator for remote operation.
H
The Syntax and Commands section defines the command syntax and
processing conventions and describes each command in the waveform
generator command set.
H
The Status and Events section explains the status information and event
messages reported by the waveform generator.
H
The Programming Examples section describes how to use the Sample
Program floppy disk supplied with the waveform generator.
H
The Appendices section contains various tables of reference information.
H
The Glossary and Index section contains a glossary of common terms and an
index to this manual.
Related Manuals
Other documentation for the waveform generator includes:
H
The AWG410, 420 & AWG430 200MHz Arbitrary Waveform Generator User
Manual (Tektronix part number 070-A809-50) describes the operation of the
instrument.
H
The AWG510 & AWG520 Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual
(Tektronix part number 071-0099-50) describes the operation of the
instrument.
H
The AWG610 Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual (Tektronix part
number 071-0554-50) describes the operation of the instrument.
H
The AWG510 & AWG520 Arbitrary Waveform Generator Service Manual
(Tektronix part number 071-0101-50) provides information for maintaining
and servicing the waveform generator.
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
xi
Preface
H
xii
The AWG610 Arbitrary Waveform Generator Service Manual (Tektronix part
number 071-0556-50) provides information for maintaining and servicing
the waveform generator.
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
Getting Started
Getting Started
The AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator has GPIB and
10Base–T/100Base–TX (AWG400 series only) Ethernet interface capability. You
can write computer programs that remotely set the front panel controls or that
transfer waveform data.
To help you get started with programming the waveform generator, this section
includes the following subsections:
H
Manual Overview – summarizes the type of programming information
contained in each major section in this manual.
H
Setting Up Remote Communications Using GPIB – describes how to connect
the waveform generator to a controller through the GPIB interface, and how
to set the appropriate front panel controls.
H
Setting Up Remote Communications Using Ethernet – describes how to
connect the waveform generator to a controller using the Ethernet interface
and how to set the appropriate front panel controls.
Manual Overview
A summary of the information provided in each major section of this manual
follows:
Syntax and Commands
The Command Syntax subsection, which begins on page 2–1, describes the
structure and content of the messages your program sends to the waveform
generator. You can use the Standard Commands for Programmable Instruments
(SCPI) and IEEE 488.2 Common Commands. Figure 1–1 is an example of the
syntax and command parts diagrams used in the Command Syntax subsection.
Header
Comma
FUNCtion:USER
"FILE1","FLOPpy"
Command parts
Mnemonics
Space
Arguments
Syntax diagram
FUNCtion
:
USER
<space>
<file_name>
,
<msus>
Figure 1-1: Common message elements
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
1-1
Getting Started
The Command Syntax subsection also describes the result of each command, and
provides examples of how you might use it. The Command Groups subsection,
which begins on page 2–17, provides a command list by functional area. The
Command Descriptions subsection, which begins on page 2–31, arranges
commands alphabetically. Figure 1–2 illustrates the two kinds of command lists.
Trigger
Diagnostic Commands
D Calibration Commands
D
AWG Control Commands
D C
C
C AWGControl:DOUTput:[:STATe]
AWGControl:EVENt:LOGic[:IMMediate]
AWGControl:RMODe
AWGControl:RSTate?
AWGControl:RUN[:IMMediate]
Commands Grouped in Functional Areas
TRIGg
AWGControl:RMODe
S AWGControl:EVENt:LOGic[:IMMediate]
G
S
AWGControl:DOUTput[:STATe]
E
G
Syntax: . . .
E
Group: . . .
Examples: . . .
and
Commands Listed Alphabetically
Figure 1-2: Functional groupings and alphabetical list of commands
Status and Events
Reporting
The program may request information from the waveform generator. The
waveform generator provides information in the form of status and error
messages. Figure 1–3 on page 1–3 illustrates the basic operation of this system.
The Status and Events Reporting subsection, which begins on page 3–1,
describes how to use the status reporting functions that conform to SCPI and
IEEE–488.2 in your programs.
1-2
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
Getting Started
Your program requests
status and event reports.
Controller
AWG sends status and event reports.
Waveform generator (rear panel)
GPIB cable
Your program requests
status and event reports.
Controller
AWG sends status and event reports.
Waveform generator (rear panel)
Transceiver cable
Transceiver cable
LAN (Ethernet) or Hub
Figure 1-3: Basic operation of status and events reporting
Programming Examples
The Programming Examples section, which begins on page 4–1, provides some
sample waveform generator programs. A floppy disk (see Figure 1–4) is supplied
with this manual. The disk contains a Microsoft Visual C++ and Visual BASIC
source-code version of each program.
AWG Example
Programs
Figure 1-4: The floppy disk
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
1-3
Getting Started
Setting Up Remote Communications Using GPIB
For remote operations, the instrument must be connected to the controller.
The waveform generator has a 24-pin GPIB connector on its rear panel, as shown
in Figure 1–5. This connector has a D-type shell and conforms to IEEE
Std 488.1-1987.
Attach an IEEE Std 488.1-1987 GPIB cable (Tektronix Part Number
012-0991-xx) to the GPIB connector.
GPIB connector
Figure 1-5: GPIB connector location
1-4
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
Getting Started
Stack GPIB connectors, if needed, as shown in Figure 1–6.
Figure 1-6: How to stack GPIB connectors
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
1-5
Getting Started
GPIB Requirements
Follow these rules when you use your waveform generator with a GPIB network:
H
Assign a unique device address to each device on the bus. Two devices can
not share the same device address.
H
Do not connect more than 15 devices to one bus.
H
Connect one device for every 2 meters (6 feet) of cable used.
H
Do not use more than 20 meters (65 feet) of cable to connect devices to a
bus.
H
While using the network, turn on at least two-thirds of the devices on the
network.
H
Connect the devices on the network in a star or linear configuration, as
shown in Figure 1–7. Do not use loop or parallel configurations.
GPIB Device
GPIB Device
GPIB Device
GPIB Device
GPIB Device
GPIB Device
GPIB Device
Figure 1-7: Typical GPIB network configurations
NOTE. Appendix C: Network Interface Specification provides more information
about the GPIB configuration of the waveform generator.
Setting the GPIB
Parameters
You must set the GPIB parameters of the waveform generator to match the
configuration of the bus. Follow the steps below to set up the waveform
generator for the GPIB interface.
1. Press the UTILITY button to display the Utility screen.
2. Press the Comm menu button at the bottom of the screen.
3. Move the cursor to the Remote Control field using the up/down (↑/↓) arrow
buttons, then select GPIB using the left/right (←/→) arrow buttons.
4. Move the cursor to the GPIB Configuration field using the up/down (↑/↓)
arrow buttons, then select Talk/Listen using either the general purpose knob
or the left/right (←/→) arrow buttons. See Figure 1–8 on page 1–7.
1-6
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
Getting Started
5. Move the cursor to the GPIB Address field using the down (↓) arrow
button. Set the address using either the general purpose knob or the keypad.
Figure 1-8: Selecting the GPIB configuration and address
The waveform generator is set up for bidirectional communication with your
controller. Do the following to isolate the waveform generator from the bus:
Select Off Bus in the GPIB Configuration field.
This selection disables all communication with the controller.
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
1-7
Getting Started
Setting Up Remote Communications Using Ethernet
NOTE. For remote operations, the instrument must be connected to the controller.
The waveform generator has an Ethernet (10Base–T/100Base–Tx) port on the
rear panel (100Base–Tx is AWG400 series only) as shown in Figures 1–9 and
1–10.
Attach an Ethernet cable to the Ethernet port.
EthernetĂport
Figure 1-9: EthernetĂport location (AWG400 series)
EthernetĂport
Figure 1-10: EthernetĂport location (AWG500/600 series)
1-8
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
Getting Started
Setting the Network
Parameters
You must set the network parameters of the waveform generator to match the
configuration of the network. After you have set these parameters, you can
control the waveform generator through the Ethernet interface.
1. Press the UTILITY button to display the Utility screen.
2. Press the Comm menu button at the bottom of the screen.
3. Move the cursor to the Remote Control field using the up/down (↑/↓) arrow
buttons, then select Network using the left/right (←/→) arrow buttons.
4. Move the cursor to the Network IP Address field using the up/down (↑/↓)
arrow buttons, then set the address using the keypad. See Figure 1–11 on
page 1–9.
5. If necessary, use the Subnet Mask field to set the address.
6. If necessary, use the Destination Network and Gateway Address fields to
set the destination network and the address.
You need to set the gateway address when the remote computers are
connecting to another network that is connected to the network via gateway.
You can set up to three gateways.
Setting the FTP server to Enabled for access to the hard disk system of the
instrument from a remote computer.
If you are not familiar with the network setup, consult with your network
administrator.
Network
parameters
Figure 1-11: Setting the Network parameters
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
1-9
Getting Started
Testing the Network
Connection
After completing the connection and settings, verify that the waveform generator
can recognize the network and the remote computers, or if the network can
recognize the waveform generator . Following these steps to use the ping
command to verify that the instrument can communicate with the network:
1. Press the UTILITY button to display the Utility screen.
2. Press the Network or Comm bottom menu button.
3. Press the Execute Ping side button to display a dialog box.
4. Enter the IP address of the remote computer in the dialog box, and then push
the OK side button.
The ping command sends a packet to the remote computer specified by the
IP address. When the computer receives the packet, it sends the packet back
to the sender (waveform generator).
When the waveform generator can communicate with the remote computer
through the network the message in Figure 1–12 displays. If communication
failed, the message box displays an error message such as ”no response
from...”.
5. Repeat steps 2 and 3 to verify the connection for other remote computers on
the network.
AWG400 series
AWG500/600 series
Figure 1-12: Message box to indicate the establishment of communication
1-10
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
Syntax and Commands
Command Syntax
This section contains general information about command structure and syntax
usage. You should familiarize yourself with this material before using the
waveform generator command descriptions.
This manual describes commands and queries using Backus-Naur Form (BNF)
notation. Table 2–1 defines standard BNF symbols.
Table 2-1: BNF symbols and meanings
Symbol
Meaning
<ą>
Defined element
::=
Is defined as
|
Exclusive OR
{ą}
Group; one element is required
[ ]
Optional; can be omitted
. ..
Previous element(s) may be repeated
( )
Comment
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
2-1
Command Syntax
SCPI Commands and Queries
The waveform generator uses a command language based on the SCPI standard.
The SCPI (Standard Commands for Programmable Instruments) standard was
created by a consortium to provide guidelines for remote programming of
instruments. These guidelines provide a consistent programming environment for
instrument control and data transfer. This environment uses defined programming messages, instrument responses and data formats that operate across all
SCPI instruments, regardless of manufacturer.
The SCPI language is based on a hierarchical or tree structure that represents a
subsystem (see Figure 2–1). The top level of the tree is the root node; it is
followed by one or more lower-level nodes.
LEVel
TRIGger
Root node
SEQuence
LowerĆlevel
nodes
POLarity
SOURce
Figure 2-1: Example of SCPI subsystem hierarchy tree
You can create commands and queries from these subsystem hierarchy trees.
Commands specify actions for the instrument to perform. Queries return
measurement data and information about parameter settings.
2-2
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
Command Syntax
Creating Commands
SCPI commands are created by stringing together the nodes of a subsystem
hierarchy and separating each node by a colon.
In Figure 2–1 on page 2–2, TRIGger is the root node and SEQuence, LEVel,
POLarity, and SOURce are lower-level nodes. To create an SCPI command, start
with the root node TRIGger and move down the tree structure adding nodes until
you reach the end of a branch. Most commands and some queries have parameters; you must include a value for these parameters. The command descriptions,
which begin on page 2–31, list the valid values for all parameters.
For example, TRIGger:SEQuence:SOURce EXTernal is a valid SCPI command
created from the hierarchy tree in Figure 2–1 on page 2–2.
Creating Queries
Query Responses
To create a query, start at the root node of a tree structure, move down to the end
of a branch, and add a question mark. TRIGger:SEQuence:SOURce? is an
example of a valid SCPI query using the hierarchy tree in Figure 2–1 on page
2–2.
The query causes the waveform generator to return information about its status
or settings. When a query is sent to the waveform generator, only the values are
returned. When the returned value is a mnemonic, it is noted in abbreviated
format, as shown in Table 2–2.
Table 2-2: Query response examples
Query
Response
SOURce:VOLTage:AMPLitude?
1.000
AWGControl:RMODe?
CONT
A few queries also initiate an operation action before returning information. For
example, the *CAL? query runs a calibration.
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
2-3
Command Syntax
Parameter Types
Parameters are indicated by angle brackets, such as <file_name>. There are
several different types of parameters, as listed in Table 2–3. The parameter type
is listed after the parameter. Some parameter types are defined specifically for
the AWG400/500/600 series command set and some are defined by SCPI.
Table 2-3: Parameter types used in syntax descriptions
Parameter Type
Description
Example
arbitrary block
A block of data bytes
#512234xxxxx...
where 5 indicates that the following
5 digits (12234) specify the length of
the data in bytes;
xxxxx... indicates the data
or
#0xxxxx...<LF><&EOI>
2-4
boolean
Boolean numbers or values
ON or 0
OFF or 0
discrete
A list of specific values
MIN, MAX
binary
Binary numbers
#B0110
octal
Octal numbers
#Q75, #Q3
hexadecimal
Hexadecimal numbers (0-9, A- F)
#HAA, #H1
NR1 numeric
Integers
0, 1, 15, -1
NR2 numeric
Decimal numbers
1.2, 3.141516, -6.5
NR3 numeric
Floating point numbers
3.1415E-9, -16.1E5
NRf numeric
Flexible decimal number that may
be type NR1, NR2, or NR3
See NR1, NR2, NR3 examples in
this table
string
Alphanumeric characters (must be
within quotation marks)
Testing 1, 2, 3"
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
Command Syntax
Special Characters
The Line Feed (LF) character or the New Line (NL) character (ASCII 10), and
all characters in the range of ASCII 127-255 are defined as special characters.
These characters are used in arbitrary block arguments only; using these
characters in other parts of any command yields unpredictable results.
Abbreviating Commands,
Queries, and Parameters
You can abbreviate most SCPI commands, queries, and parameters to an
accepted short form. This manual shows these commands as a combination of
upper and lower case letters. The upper case letters indicate the accepted short
form of a command, as shown in Figure 2–2. The accepted short form and the
long form are equivalent and request the same action of the instrument.
Long form of a
command
SOURce1:FREQuency 100
Minimum information needed
for accepted short form
Accepted short form
of a command
SOUR1:FREQ 100
Figure 2-2: Example of abbreviating a command
NOTE. The numeric suffix of a command or query may be included in either the
long form or short form; the AWG400/500/600 series will default to “1” if no
suffix is used.
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
2-5
Command Syntax
Chaining Commands and
Queries
You can chain several commands or queries together into a single message. To
create a chained message, first create a command or query, then add a semicolon
(;), and finally add more commands or queries and semicolons until you are
done. If the command following a semicolon is a root node, precede it with a
colon (:). Figure 2–3 illustrates a chained message consisting of several
commands and queries. The chained message should end in a command or query,
not a semicolon. Responses to any queries in your message are separated by
semicolons.
:SOUR:FREQ:FIXĂ100;:OUTP:STATĂON;:SOUR:VOLT:AMPL?;:TRIG:SEQ:LEV?
First command
Second command
First query
The response from this chained message might be:
Second query
100;1.2
Response from first query
Response from second query
Figure 2-3: Example of chaining commands and queries
If a command or query has the same root and lower-level nodes as the previous
command or query, you can omit these nodes. In Figure 2–4, the second
command has the same root node (SEQuence) as the first command, so these
nodes can be omitted.
:TRIG:SEQ:LEVĂ2.5;:TRIG:SEQ:SLOP POS;:TRIG:SEQ:SOURĂEXT
Identical root and lowerĆlevel nodes
:TRIG:SEQ:LEVĂ2.5;SLOPĂPOS;SOURĂEXT
First command
Additional commands
(omitted the root nodes)
Figure 2-4: Example of omitting root and lowerĆlevel nodes in a chained message
2-6
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
Command Syntax
Unit and SI Prefix
If the decimal numeric argument refers to voltage, frequency, impedance, or
time, you can express it using SI units instead of using the scaled explicit point
input value format <NR3>. (SI units are units that conform to the System
International d’Unites standard.) For example, you can use the input format
200 mV or 1.0 MHz instead of 200.0E–3 or 1.0E+6, respectively, to specify
voltage or frequency.
You can omit the unit, but you must include the SI unit prefix. You can use either
upper or lowercase units.
V or v for voltage
Hz, HZ, or hz for frequency
ohm, OHM, or Ohm for impedance
s or S for time
dbm, DBM, or Dbm for power ratio (AWG400/500 series only)
In the case of angle, you can use RADian and DEGree. The default unit is
RADian.
The SI prefixes, which must be included, are shown below. Note that either
lower or upper case prefixes can be used.
SI prefix *
p/P
n/N
u/U
m/M
k/K
m/M
g/G
Corresponding power
10-12
10-9
10-6
10-3
103
106
109
*
Note that the prefix m/M indicates 10-3 when the decimal numeric argument denotes
voltage or time, but indicates 106 when it denotes frequency.
*
Note that the prefix u/U is used instead of "m".
Use mV for V, and MHz for Hz.
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
2-7
Command Syntax
General Rules
Here are three general rules for using SCPI commands, queries, and parameters:
H
H
You can use single (‘ ’) or double (“ ”) quotation marks for quoted strings,
but you cannot use both types of quotation marks for the same string.
correct:
“This string uses quotation marks correctly.”
correct:
‘This string also uses quotation marks correctly.’
incorrect:
“This string does not use quotation marks correctly.’
You can use upper case, lower case, or a mixture of both cases for all
commands, queries, and parameters.
:OUTPUT:FILTER:LPASS:FREQUENCYĂ200MHZ
is the same as
output:filter:lpass:frequencyĂ200MHz
and
OUTPUT:filter:LPASS:frequencyĂ200MHz
NOTE. Literal strings (quoted) are case sensitive. For example: file names.
H
2-8
No embedded spaces are allowed between or within nodes.
correct:
OUTPUT:FILTER:LPASS:FREQUENCYĂ200MHZ
incorrect:
OUTPUT: FILTER: LPASS:FREQUENCYĂ200MHZ
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
Command Syntax
IEEE 488.2 Common Commands
ANSI/IEEE Standard 488.2 defines the codes, formats, protocols, and usage of
common commands and queries used on the interface between the controller and
the instruments. The waveform generator complies with this standard.
The syntax for an IEEE 488.2 common command is an asterisk (*) followed by a
command and, optionally, a space and parameter value. The syntax for an
IEEE 488.2 common query is an asterisk (*) followed by a query and a question
mark. All of the common commands and queries are included in the Syntax and
Commands section of this manual. The following are examples of common
commands:
H
*ESE 16
H
*CLS
The following are examples of common queries:
H
*ESR?
H
*IDN?
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
2-9
Command Syntax
Constructed Mnemonics
Some command headers list a range of mnemonics. When constructing the
command, you select one mnemonic from the list. You then use the mnemonic in
the command just as you do any other mnemonic. Mnemonic ranges can be
presented in any of the following formats:
MNEMonic[a|b|c]. The values a, b, and c represent the actual list of valid
selections. You cannot list more than one value.
For example, for the command SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:GATeĆ
way[1|2|3]:ADDRess, the gateway mnemonic could be any of the following:GATeway1, GATeway2, or GATeway3. Therefore, a valid usage of this
command would be: SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:GATeway1:ADDRess.
MNEMonic<n>. The value of <n> is the upper range of valid suffixes. If the
numeric suffix is omitted, the waveform generator uses the default value of
“1”.
Source Channel
Mnemonics
These commands specify the source channel to use as a mnemonic in the header.
Symbol
Meaning
AWG410 AWG420 AWG430 AWG510 AWG520 AWG610
SOURce1
CH1 signal of waveĆ
form generator
O
O
O
O
O
O
SOURce2
CH2 signal of waveĆ
form generator
X
O
O
X
O
X
SOURce3
CH3 signal of waveĆ
form generator
X
X
O
X
X
X
SOURce4
CH1 digital data
Op03
only
Op03
only
Op03
only
X
X
X
SOURce5
CH2 digital data
X
Op03
only
Op03
only
Op03
only
Op03
only
X
SOURce6
CH3 digital data
X
X
Op03
only
X
X
X
SOURce7
CH1
noise ADD signal
O
O
O
O
O
X
Noise ADD signal
SOURce8
CH1
Ext. ADD signal
O
O
O
O
O
X
SOURce9
CH2
noise ADD signal
X
O
O
X
X
X
X
O
O
X
X
X
SOURce10 CH2
Ext. ADD signal
2-10
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
Command Syntax
Symbol
Meaning
AWG410 AWG420 AWG430 AWG510 AWG520 AWG610
SOURce11 CH3
noise ADD signal
X
X
O
X
X
X
SOURce12 CH3
Ext. ADD signal
X
X
O
X
X
X
O:usable
X:not used
OpXX:usable OptXX only
Output Channel
Mnemonics
These commands specify the output channel to use as a mnemonic in the header.
Symbol
Meaning
AWG410
AWG420
AWG430
AWG510
AWG520
AWG610
OUTPut1 CH1 analog
signal output
O
O
O
O
O
O
OUTPut2 CH2 analog
signal output
X
O
O
X
O
X
OUTPut3 CH3 analog
signal output
X
X
O
X
X
X
OUTPut4 CH1 digital Op03
data output
only
Op03
only
Op03
only
X
X
X
OUTPut5 CH2 digital
data output
Op03
only
Op03
only
Op03
only
Op03
only
X
digital
output
X
data
OUTPut6 CH3 digital
data output
X
X
Op03
only
X
X
X
OUTPut7 Noise
signal
X
X
X
O
O
X
ADD
O:usable
X:not used
OpXX:usable OptXX only
Direct D/A Output
Mnemonics
These commands specify the direct D/A converter output to use as a mnemonic
in the header.
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
2-11
Command Syntax
Symbol
Meaning
AWG410 AWG420 AWG430 AWG510 AWG520 AWG610
DOUTput1
Direct output from
CH1 D/A converter
O
O
O
O
O
O
DOUTput2
Direct output from
CH2 D/A converter
X
O
O
X
O
X
DOUTput3
Direct output from
CH3 D/A converter
X
X
O
X
X
X
O:usable
X:not used
Gateway Mnemonics
Marker Mnemonics
Remote Device
Mnemonics
2-12
These commands specify the gateway to use as a mnemonic in the header.
Symbol
Meaning
GATeway1
Gateway 1
GATeway2
Gateway 2
GATeway3
Gateway 3
These commands specify the marker to use as a mnemonic in the header.
Symbol
Meaning
MARKer1
The signal for the marker 1 (AWG500/600 series only)
MARKer2
The signal for the marker 2 (AWG500/600 series only)
These commands specify the remote device to use as a mnemonic in the header.
Symbol
Meaning
RDEVice1
Network drive 1
RDEVice2
Network drive 2
RDEVice3
Network drive 3
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
Command Syntax
Source to Output
Connections
The following illustrations shows the source to output connections for the
AWG400 series, AWG510, AWG520, and AWG610 instruments.
AWG400 Series
CH1
(Analog Data) SOURce1
(Digital Data) (SOURce4)
OUTPut1 (Analog Output)
DOUTput1 (Analog Output)
OUTPut4 (Digital Output)
(Noise) SOURce7
(Ext add in) SOURce8
CH2
(Analog Data) SOURce2
(Digital Data) (SOURce5)
OUTPut2 (Analog Output)
DOUTput2 (Analog Output)
OUTPut5 (Digital Output)
(Noise) SOURce9
(Ext add in) SOURce10
CH3
(Analog Data) SOURce3
(Digital Data) (SOURce6)
OUTPut3 (Analog Output)
DOUTput3 (Analog Output)
OUTPut6 (Digital Output)
(Noise) SOURce11
(Ext add in) SOURce12
AWG510
Channel1 SOURce1
Waveform
OUTPut1
DOUTput1
External SOURce8
Noise SOURce7
Pattern SOURce5
(W/Option03)
OUTPut7
OUTPut5
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
2-13
Command Syntax
AWG520
Channel1 SOURce1
Waveform
OUTPut1
DOUTput1
External SOURce8
Noise SOURce7
Channel2 SOURce2
Waveform
OUTPut7
OUTPut2
DOUTput2
Pattern SOURce5
(W/Option03)
OUTPut5
AWG610
Channel1 SOURce1
Waveform
OUTPut1
Doubt1
2-14
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
Command Syntax
Syntax Diagrams
The syntax of each command and query is explained by both syntax diagrams
and BNF notation. Figure 2–5 shows some typical syntax diagram structures.
The syntax diagrams are described by the following symbols and notation:
H
Oval symbols contain literal elements, such as a command or query header
and a nonquoted string argument.
H
Circle symbols contain separators or special symbols, such as (:), (,), and (?).
H
Box symbols contain the defined element, such as <NR1>.
H
Arrow symbols connect elements to show the paths that can be taken through
the diagram and, thereby, the order in which the elements can be sent in a
command structure.
H
Parallel paths show that only one of the paths can be taken in the command.
See diagram 1 in Figure 2–5.
H
A loop around an element(s) shows the element can be repeated. See
diagram 2 in Figure 2–5.
H
A path around a group of elements shows that those elements are optional.
See diagram 3 in Figure 2–5.
NOTE. The unit and SI prefix that can be added to decimal numeric arguments
are not described in the syntax diagram. See Unit and SI Prefix on page 2–7.
Diagram 1
Diagram 2
Diagram 3
Figure 2-5: Typical syntax diagrams
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
2-15
Command Syntax
2-16
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
Command Groups
This section lists commands in two ways, by functional groups and alphabetically. The functional group list starts below. The alphabetical list provides more
detail on each command and starts on page 2–31.
The GPIB interface of AWG400 Series conforms to SCPI (Standard Commands
for Programmable Instruments) 1999.0 and IEEE Std 488.2–1987, except where
noted.
The GPIB interface of AWG500/600 Series conforms to SCPI (Standard
Commands for Programmable Instruments) 1995.0 and IEEE Std 488.2–1987,
except where noted.
Functional Groups
Table 2–4 lists the functional groups into which the AWG400/500/600 Series
Arbitrary Waveform Generator (AWG) commands are classified.
Table 2-4: Functional groups in the AWG command set
Group
Function
AWG Control
Control operating mode
Calibration
Perform calibration
Diagnostic
Control selfĆtest routines
Display
Control the presentation of information on the front panel display
Hardcopy
Dump the whole display into the file on the mass storage
Mass Memory
Control file operations on the mass storage
Output
Control the characteristics of the waveform output port
Source
Set waveform and marker output parameters, such as frequency and level
Status
Set and query the registers and queues of the reporting system
Synchronization
Control operation complete and pending command execution
System
Control miscellaneous instrument functions such as LAN, security, and time
Trigger
Synchronize the waveform generator actions with events
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
2-17
Command Groups
Command Quick Reference
The next page lists all the commands in each functional group and can be copied
for use as a quick reference. The minimum accepted character string for each
command is shown in uppercase characters.
AWG Control commands
AWGControl:CLOCk:SOURce
(?)
AWGControl:DOUTput<x>:STATe
(?)
AWGControl:ENHanced:SEQuence:JMODe(?)
AWGControl:EVENt:LOGic:IMMediate
AWGControl:EVENt:SOFTware:IMMediate
AWGControl:EVENt:TABLe:IMMediate
AWGControl:FG:FREQuency:CW|:FIXed (?)
AWGControl:FG<n>:FUNCtion:SHAPe
(?)
AWGControl:FG<n>:PHASe:ADJust
(?)
AWGControl:FG<n>:POLarity
(?)
AWGControl:FG<n>:PULSe:DCYCle
(?)
AWGControl:FG:STATe
(?)
AWGControl:FG<n>:VOLTage:LEVel:IMMediate:AMPLitude
AWGControl:FG<n>:VOLTage:LEVel:IMMediate:OFFSet
AWGControl:RMODe
(?)
AWGControl:RSTate?
AWGControl:RUN:IMMediate
AWGControl:SREStore
AWGControl:SSAVe
AWGControl:STOP:IMMediate
Calibration commands
*CAL?
CALibration:ALL
(?)
Diagnostic commands
DIAGnostic:DATA?
DIAGnostic:IMMediate
(?)
DIAGnostic:SELect
(?)
*TST?
Display commands
ABSTouch
DISPlay:BRIGhtness
(?)
DISPlay:ENABle
(?)
DISPlay:HILight:COLor
(?)
Hardcopy commands
HCOPy:DESTination
HCOPy:DEVice:COLor
(?)
HCOPy:DEVice:LANGuage
(?)
HCOPy:IMMediate
HCOPy:SDUMp:IMMediate
Mass memory commands
MMEMory:CATalog?
MMEMory:CDIRectory
(?)
MMEMory:CLOSe
MMEMory:COPY
2-18
(?)
(?)
MMEMory:DATA
(?)
MMEMory:DELete
MMEMory:FEED
(?)
MMEMory:INITialize
MMEMory:MDIRectory
MMEMory:MOVE
MMEMory:MSIS
(?)
MMEMory:NAME
(?)
MMEMory:OPEN
Output commands
OUTPut<x>:FILTer:LPASs:FREQuency
(?)
OUTPut<x>:ISTATe
(?)
OUTPut<x>:STATe
(?)
Source commands
SOURce<x>:COMBine:FEED
(?)
SOURce<x>:FREQuency:CW|:FIXed
(?)
SOURce<x>:FUNCtion:USER
(?)
SOURce<x>:MARKer<y>:DELay
(?)
SOURce<x>:MARKer<y>:VOLTage:LEVel:IMMediate:HIGH
SOURce<x>:MARKer<y>:VOLTage:LEVel:IMMediate:LOW
SOURce<x>:POWer:LEVel:IMMediate:AMPLitude
SOURce<x>:ROSCillator:SOURce
SOURce<x>:SKEW
SOURce<x>:VOLTage:LEVel:IMMediate:AMPLitude
SOURce5:VOLTage:LEVel:IMMediate:HIGH
SOURce5:VOLTage:LEVel:IMMediate:LOW
SOURce<x>:VOLTage:LEVel:IMMediate:OFFSet
Status commands
*CLS
*ESE
(?)
*ESR?
*PSC
(?)
*SRE
(?)
STATus:OPERation:CONDition?
STATus:OPERation:ENABle
(?)
STATus:OPERation:EVENt?
STATus:PRESet
STATus:QUEStionable:CONDition?
STATus:QUEStionable:ENABle
(?)
STATus:QUEStionable:EVENt?
*STB?
Synchronization commands
*OPC
(?)
*WAI
(?)
(?)
(?)
(?)
(?)
(?)
(?)
(?)
(?)
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
Command Groups
System commands
*IDN?
*OPT?
*RST
SYSTem:BEEPer:IMMediate
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:DHCP:CLIent:LEASe:TIME
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:DHCP:CLIent:STATe
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:FTP:SERVer:STATe
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:FTP:SERVer:VERSion
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:GATeway<x>:ADDRess
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:NFS:TLIMit
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:PING?
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:RDEVice<x>:ADDRess
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:RDEVice<x>:FSYStem
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:RDEVice<x>:NAME
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:RDEVice<x>:PROTocol
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:RDEVice<x>:STATe
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:SELF:ADDRess
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:SELF:MADDress
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:SELF:SMASk
(?)
(?)
(?)
(?)
(?)
(?)
(?)
(?)
(?)
(?)
(?)
(?)
(?)
(?)
SYSTem:DATE
SYSTem:ERRor:NEXT?
SYSTem:KDIRection
SYSTem:KEYBoard:TYPE
SYSTem:KLOCk
SYSTem:SECurity:IMMediate
SYSTem:TIME
SYSTem:UPTime?
SYSTem:VERSion?
Trigger commands
ABORt
*TRG
TRIGger:SEQuence:IMMediate
TRIGger:SEQuence:IMPedance
TRIGger:SEQuence:LEVel
TRIGger:SEQuence:POLarity
TRIGger:SEQuence:SLOPe
TRIGger:SEQuence:SOURce
TRIGger:SEQuence:TIMer
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
(?)
(?)
(?)
(?)
(?)
(?)
(?)
(?)
(?)
(?)
(?)
2-19
Command Groups
Command Summaries
Tables 2–5 through 2–19 describe each command in each of the 12 functional
groups.
AWG Control Commands
The AWG Control commands control operating modes. This command group is
not SCPI approved.
Table 2-5: AWG Control commands
2-20
Header
Description
AWGControl:CLOCk:SOURce(?)
Select the clock source (AWG400/500 series only)
AWGControl:DOUTput<x>
[:STATe] (?)
Output the raw D/A converter output
AWGControl:ENHanced:SEQuence
[:JMODe] (?)
Select the jump mode
AWGControl:EVENt[:LOGic]
[:IMMediate]
Generate the event signal for logic jump
AWGControl:EVENt:SOFTware
[:IMMediate]Ă<line>
Jump to the specified line in the sequence file
AWGControl:EVENt:TABLe
[:IMMediate]
Generate the event signal for table jump
AWGControl:FG:FREQuency
[:CW|:FIXed] (?)
Set the frequency of the function waveform
AWGControl:FG<n>:FUNCtion
[:SHAPe] (?)
Select the function or type of waveform (square
wave, sine wave, etc.)
AWGControl:FG<n>:PHASe
[:ADJust] (?)
Set the phase of the function waveform (AWG420,
AWG430 and AWG520 only)
AWGControl:FG<n>:POLarity (?)
Set the polarity of the function waveform
AWGControl:FG<n>:PULSe
:DCYCle (?)
Set the duty cycle of the pulse waveform
AWGControl:FG[:STATe] (?)
Turn the function generator mode on or off
AWGControl:FG<n>:VOLTage
[:LEVel][:IMMediate]
[:AMPLitude] (?)
Set the peak-to-peak voltage of the function
waveform
AWGControl:FG<n>:VOLTage
[:LEVel][:IMMediate]:OFFSet(?)
Set the offset voltage of the function waveform
AWGControl:RMODe (?)
Select the run mode, such as triggered or gated
AWGControl:RSTate?
Query the current running status
AWGControl:RUN[:IMMediate]
Enable the output
AWGControl:SREStore
Restore the settings from the specified file
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
Command Groups
Table 2-5: AWG Control commands (Cont.)
Calibration Commands
Header
Description
AWGControl:SSAVe
Store the settings to the specified file
AWGControl:STOP[:IMMediate]
Stop the output
The Calibration commands calibrate the waveform generator.
Table 2-6: Calibration commands
Diagnostic Commands
Header
Description
*CAL?
Perform calibration
CALibration[:ALL] (?)
Perform calibration
The Diagnostic commands control self-test diagnostic routines.
Table 2-7: Diagnostic commands
Display Commands
Header
Description
DIAGnostic:DATA?
Query results of selfĆtest
DIAGnostic[:IMMediate] (?)
Start the selfĆtest
DIAGnostic:SELect (?)
Select the selfĆtest routine
*TST?
Perform selfĆtest
The Display commands mimic manipulation of front-panel controls and set the
presentation of textual information on the front panel display.
Table 2-8: Display commands
Header
Description
ABSTouch
Perform the function corresponding to the
frontĆpanel control selected
DISPlay:BRIGhtness (?)
Control brightness of the display (AWG500/600
series only)
DISPlay:ENABle (?)
Control ON/OFF of the display (AWG400 series
only)
DISPlay:HILight:COLor (?)
Control hilight of the display (AWG400 series only)
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
2-21
Command Groups
Hardcopy Commands
The Hardcopy commands are used to print the entire display to a specified file
rather than printing to an external device.
The hardcopy commands used in this application do not conform to the 1999 and
1995 SCPI hardcopy standard. (The SCPI standards state that the MMEMory:OPEN
and MMEMory:CLOSe commands are used to open and close the file specified by
MMEMory:NAME, to accommodate feeding data from the HCOPy subsystem. This
state-dependent style of feeding data is not used in the waveform generator.)
Instead, the hardcopy commands are implemented in a way that more closely
resembles previous waveform generator usage. The waveform generator
implements the hardcopy commands as illustrated in the following example:
MMEMory:NAME "SAMPLE1.BMP"
MMEMory:OPEN
HCOPy:DESTination "MMEM"
HCOPy
MMEM:CLOSe
The above command sequence can be written as follows for the waveform
generator:
MMEMory:NAME "SAMPLE1.BMP"
HCOPy
In this case, the entire display will be written to the SAMPLE1.BMP file.
Table 2-9: Hardcopy commands
2-22
Header
Description
HCOPy:DESTination
Set the destination
HCOPy:DEVice:COLor (?)
Select the color, or monochrome (AWG400 series
only)
HCOPy:DEVice:LANGuage (?)
Select the data format
HCOPy[:IMMediate]
Initiate the plot, or print immediately
HCOPy:SDUMp[:IMMediate]
Plot or print the whole display
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
Command Groups
Mass Memory Commands
The Mass Memory commands provide mass storage capabilities.
Selecting Mass Memory Devices. The waveform generator supports the devices
listed below. The network drives can be specified with the SYSTem command
group.
Table 2-10: Mass storage in AWG400/500/600
series
String argument
Description
MAIN
Internal hard disk drive
FLOP or FLOPPY
Internal floppy disk drive
NET1
Network drive 1
NET2
Network drive 2
NET3
Network drive 3
File Names. The <file_name> parameter is described in some Mass Memory
commands with a string. The content of the string depends on the format needs
of the mass storage media. In particular, the file name may contain characters for
specifying subdirectories (e.g. “/”) and the period separator (“.”). The instrument
checks the file format when reading, and processes the file based on its content,
regardless of the file extention.
Table 2-11: Mass Memory commands
Header
Description
MMEMory:CATalog?
Query information on the mass storage media
MMEMory:CDIRectory (?)
Change the default directory for a file system
MMEMory:CLOSe
Close the file specified in NAME
MMEMory:COPY
Copy an existing file to a new file
MMEMory:DATA (?)
Load data into the file
MMEMory:DELete
Remove a file
MMEMory:FEED (?)
Feed data into the file specified in NAME
MMEMory:INITialize
Initialize the specified mass storage
MMEMory:MDIRectory
Make a directory
MMEMory:MOVE
Move an existing file to another file
MMEMory:MSIS (?)
Select the current mass storage
MMEMory:NAME (?)
Set the file name to be opened or closed
MMEMory:OPEN
Open the file specified in NAME
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
2-23
Command Groups
Output Commands
The Output commands control the characteristics of the waveform output port. In
Table 2–13, OUTPut<x> refers to the waveform output channel, where <x>
represents a related channel number shown in Table 2–12.
Table 2-12: Output channel
Symbol
Meaning
AWG410
AWG420
AWG430
AWG510
AWG520
AWG610
OUTPut1 CH1 analog
signal output
O
O
O
O
O
O
OUTPut2 CH2 analog
signal output
X
O
O
X
O
X
OUTPut3 CH3 analog
signal output
X
X
O
X
X
X
OUTPut4 CH1 digital Op03
data output
only
Op03
only
Op03
only
X
X
X
OUTPut5 CH2 digital
data output
Op03
only
Op03
only
Op03
only
Op03
only
X
digital
output
X
data
OUTPut6 CH3 digital
data output
X
X
Op03
only
X
X
X
OUTPut7 Noise
signal
X
X
X
O
O
X
ADD
O:usable
X:not used
OpXX:usable OptXX only
Table 2-13: Output commands
2-24
Header
Description
OUTPut<x>:FILTer[:LPASs]
:FREQuency (?)
Determine the cutoff frequency of the low pass filter
OUTPut<x>[:STATe] (?)
Control whether the output terminal is open or
closed
OUTPut<x>:ISTate (?)
Set the inverted output on or off
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
Command Groups
Source Commands
The Source commands set waveform and marker output parameters, such as
frequency and level. SOURce<x> and MARKer<y> in these commands have the
meanings shown in Table 2–14.
Table 2-14: Available source and markers
Symbol
Meaning
AWG410 AWG420 AWG430 AWG510 AWG520 AWG610
SOURce1
CH1 signal of waveĆ
form generator
O
O
O
O
O
O
SOURce2
CH2 signal of waveĆ
form generator
X
O
O
X
O
X
SOURce3
CH3 signal of waveĆ
form generator
X
X
O
X
X
X
SOURce4
CH1 digital data
Op03
only
Op03
only
Op03
only
X
X
X
SOURce5
CH2 digital data
X
Op03
only
Op03
only
Op03
only
Op03
only
X
SOURce6
CH3 digital data
X
X
Op03
only
X
X
X
SOURce7
CH1
noise ADD signal
O
O
O
O
O
X
Noise ADD signal
SOURce8
CH1
Ext. ADD signal
O
O
O
O
O
X
SOURce9
CH2
noise ADD signal
X
O
O
X
X
X
SOURce10 CH2
Ext. ADD signal
X
O
O
X
X
X
SOURce11 CH3
noise ADD signal
X
X
O
X
X
X
SOURce12 CH3
Ext. ADD signal
X
X
O
X
X
X
Marker1
Marker 1 signal
X
X
X
O
O
O
Marker2
Marker 2 signal
X
X
X
O
O
O
O:usable
X:not used
OpXX:usable OptXX only
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
2-25
Command Groups
Table 2-15: Source commands
2-26
Header
Description
[SOURce<x>]:COMBine:FEED (?)
Add or release noise or external signal to the output
(AWG400/500 series only)
[SOURce<x>]:FREQuency
[:CW|:FIXed](?)
Set sampling frequency for outputting waveform
[SOURce<x>]:FUNCtion:USER (?)
Specify the userĆdefined waveform or pattern file
[SOURce<x>]:MARKer[1|2]
:DELay (?)
Set the marker delay relative to waveform output
[SOURce<x>]:MARKer[1|2]
[:LEVEL][:IMMediate]:HIGHĂ(?)
Set high level for marker output
[SOURce<x>]:MARKer[1|2]
[:LEVEL][:IMMediate]:LOWĂ(?)
Set low level for marker output
SOURce<x>:POWer[:LEVel]
[:Immediate][:AMPLitude] (?)
Set the level for the noise generator output
[SOURce<x>]:ROSCillator
:SOURce (?)
Select the reference oscillator source
SOURce<x>:SKEW (?)
Set the SKEW (AWG400 series only)
[SOURce<x>]:VOLTage[:LEVel]
[:Immediate][:AMPLitude] (?)
Set the actual magnitude of the output signal
SOURce5:VOLTage[:LEVel]
[:Immediate]:HIGH (?)
Set the high level of a digital pattern signal
SOURce5:VOLTage[:LEVel]
[:Immediate]:LOW (?)
Set the low level of a digital pattern signal
[SOURce<x>]:VOLTage[:LEVel]
[:Immediate]:OFFSet (?)
Set the offset that is added to the output signal
(AWG400/500 series only)
(AWG400/500 series only)
(AWG400/500 series only)
(AWG400/500 series only)
(AWG500 series Opt 03 only)
(AWG500 series Opt 03 only)
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
Command Groups
Status Commands
The external controller uses the Status commands to coordinate operation
between the waveform generator and other devices on the bus. The Status
commands set and query the registers/queues of the waveform generator
event/status reporting system. For more information about the registers and
queues described in Table 2–16, refer to the Status and Event Reporting section
on page 3–1.
Table 2-16: Status commands
Synchronization
Commands
Header
Description
*CLS
Clear all the event registers and queues
*ESE (?)
Set and query ESER
*ESR?
Query SESR
*PSC (?)
Set powerĆon status clear flag
*SRE (?)
Set and query SRER
STATus:OPERation:CONDition?
Query the contents of OCR
STATus:OPERation:ENABle (?)
Set the enable mask of OENR
STATus:OPERation[:EVENt]?
Query the contents of OEVR
STATus:PRESet
Preset OENR and QENR
STATus:QUEStionable:CONDition?
Query the contents of QCR
STATus:QUEStionable:ENABle (?)
Set the enable mask of QENR
STATus:QUEStionable[:EVENt]?
Query the contents of QEVR
*STB?
Query SBR
The external controller uses the Synchronization commands to prevent external
communications from interfering with waveform generator operation.
Table 2-17: Synchronization commands
Header
Description
*OPC (?)
Generate or return the operation complete message
*WAI
Hold off all commands until all pending operations
complete
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
2-27
Command Groups
System Commands
The System commands control miscellaneous instrument functions, such as LAN
communication, security, and time.
Table 2-18: System commands
2-28
Header
Description
*IDN?
Query ID information about the waveform generator
*OPT?
Query installed options
*RST
Reset the waveform generator
SYSTem:BEEPer[:IMMediate]
Generate an audible tone
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:DHCP
[:CLIent][:LEASe:TIME (?)
Control the lease time of DHCP client function
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:DHCP
[:CLIent]:STATe] (?)
Control the DHCP client function
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:FTP
[:SERVer][:STATe] (?)
Control the FTP server function
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:FTP
[:SERVer]:VERSion (?)
Change the FTP version
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN
:GATeway:ADDRess (?)
Set IP address of the gateway
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN
:NFS:TLIMit (?)
Set the timeout of NFS
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:PING?
Execute PING test for the specified IP address
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN
:RDEVice[1|2|3]:ADDRess (?)
Set IP address of the remote host
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN
:RDEVice[1|2|3]:FSYStem (?)
Set the mount directory of the remote host
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN
:RDEVice[1|2|3]:NAME (?)
Set the name of the remote host
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN
:RDEVice[1|2|3]:PROTocol (?)
Set the protocol of the communication between the
waveform generator and the remote host
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN
:RDEVice[1|2|3][:STATe] (?)
Control whether the communication with the
specified remote host is enabled
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN
[:SELF]:ADDRess (?)
Set IP address of the waveform generator
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN
[:SELF]:MADDress ?
Query the MAC address of the waveform generator
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN
[:SELF]:SMASk (?)
Set the subnet mask of the waveform generator
SYSTem:DATE (?)
Set the internal calender
(AWG400 series only)
(AWG400 series only)
(AWG400 series only)
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
Command Groups
Table 2-18: System commands (Cont.)
Header
Description
SYSTem:ERRor[:NEXT]?
Query the next entry from the waveform generator's
error/event queue
SYSTem:KDIRection (?)
Set the direction of cursor movement controlled by
the general purpose knob
SYSTem:KEYBoard[:TYPE] (?)
Select the keyboard type
SYSTem:KLOCk (?)
Lock the front panel and keyboard
SYSTem:SECurity:IMMediate
Destroy all data and settings for security
SYSTem:TIME (?)
Set the internal clock
SYSTem:UPTime?
Query elapsed time from the powerĆon
SYSTem:VERSion?
Query the SCPI version number
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
2-29
Command Groups
Trigger Commands
The Trigger commands synchronize the waveform generator actions with events.
Table 2-19: Trigger commands
2-30
Header
Description
ABORt
Reset the trigger system
*TRG
Generate the trigger event
TRIGger[:SEQuence][:IMMediate]
Immediately trigger the sequence operation
TRIGger[:SEQuence]:IMPedance
(?)
Select the input impedance of the external trigger
TRIGger[:SEQuence]:LEVel (?)
Set the trigger level
TRIGger[:SEQuence]:POLarity
(?)
Select the polarity of the trigger signal
TRIGger[:SEQuence]:SLOPe (?)
Select the slope of the trigger signal
TRIGger[:SEQuence]:SOURce (?)
Select the source for the event detector
TRIGger[:SEQuence]:TIMer (?)
Set the period of the internal clock
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
Command Descriptions
This subsection lists each command and query in the waveform generator
command set in alphabetical order. Each command entry includes a command
description and command group, related commands (if any), syntax, and
arguments. Each entry also includes one or more usage examples.
This subsection fully spells out headers, mnemonics, and arguments with the
minimal spelling shown in upper case. For example, to use the abbreviated
version of the SOURce:FREQuency command, just type SOUR:FREQ.
The symbol “(?)” follows the command header of commands that can be used as
either a command or a query; the symbol “?” follows commands that can only be
used as a query. Commands that are command-only or query-only are noted as
such.
ABORt (No Query Form)
This command resets the trigger system and places all trigger sequences in the
idle state. This command is equivalent to depressing the FORCE TRIGGER
button on the front panel in the gated mode.
Group
Related Commands
Syntax
Trigger
TRIGger[:SEQuence][:IMMediate], *TRG
ABORt
ABORt
Arguments
Examples
None
ABORt
resets the trigger system.
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
2-31
Command Descriptions
ABSTouch (No Query Form)
This command performs the functions that are manually set by pressing the
corresponding front-panel key and button, or by rotating the corresponding knob.
This command works even when the instrument is in the keylock or local
lockout states.
Group
Related Commands
Syntax
Display
None
ABSTouch <key>[,<state>]
ABSTouch <knob>[,<value>]
ABSTouch
Arguments
<key>
,
<state>
<knob>
,
<value>
<space>
<key>::= BOTTom[1] | BOTTom2 | BOTTom3 | BOTTom4 | BOTTom5 |
BOTTom6 | BOTTom7 | SIDe[1] | SIDe2 | SIDe3 | SIDe4 | SIDe5 |
CMENu | RUN | CH1 | CH2 | CH3 | DIGital | DARRow | UARRow |
LARRow | RARRow | SETup | APPL | EDIT | UTILity | HARDcopy |
TOGGle | SHIFt | ENTer | VMENu | QKEDit | HMENu | TMENu |
FTRigger | FEVent | SEVen |MEGa | EIGHt | KILo | NINe | MILLi |
FOUR | MICRo | FIVe | NANo | SIX | PICo | ONE | D | TWO | E |
THRee | F | ZERo | A | POINt | B | SIGN | C | CLR | G | DELete |
INF | RETurn | OUTPut[1] | IOUTput[1] | OUTPut2 | IOUTput2 |
OUTPut3 | IOUTput3
Table 2-20: Argument and available AWG
Argument
2-32
AWG410
AWG420
AWG430
AWG510
AWG520
AWG610
BOTTom[1]
O
O
O
O
O
O
BOTTom2
O
O
O
O
O
O
BOTTom3
O
O
O
O
O
O
BOTTom4
O
O
O
O
O
O
BOTTom5
O
O
O
O
O
O
BOTTom6
O
O
O
O
O
O
BOTTom7
O
O
O
O
O
O
SIDe[1]
O
O
O
O
O
O
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
Command Descriptions
Table 2-20: Argument and available AWG (Cont.)
Argument
AWG410
AWG420
AWG430
AWG510
AWG520
AWG610
SIDe2
O
O
O
O
O
O
SIDe3
O
O
O
O
O
O
SIDe4
O
O
O
O
O
O
SIDe5
O
O
O
O
O
O
CMENu
O
O
O
O
O
O
RUN
O
O
O
O
O
O
CH1
O
O
O
O
O
X
CH2
X
O
O
X
O
X
X
X
O
X
X
X
Op03
Op03
Op03
Op03
Op03
X
DARRow
O
O
O
O
O
O
UARRow
O
O
O
O
O
O
LARRow
O
O
O
O
O
O
RARRow
O
O
O
O
O
O
SETup
O
O
O
O
O
O
APPL
O
O
O
O
O
O
EDIT
O
O
O
O
O
O
UTILity
O
O
O
O
O
O
HARDcopy
O
O
O
O
O
O
TOGGle
O
O
O
O
O
O
SHIFt
O
O
O
O
O
O
ENTer
O
O
O
O
O
O
VMENu
O
O
O
O
O
O
QKEDit
O
O
O
O
O
O
HMENu
O
O
O
O
O
O
TMENu
O
O
O
O
O
O
FTRigger
O
O
O
O
O
O
FEVent
O
O
O
O
O
O
SEVen
O
O
O
O
O
O
MEGa
O
O
O
O
O
O
EIGHt
O
O
O
O
O
O
KILo
O
O
O
O
O
O
NINe
O
O
O
O
O
O
MILLi
O
O
O
O
O
O
FOUR
O
O
O
O
O
O
MICRo
O
O
O
O
O
O
FIVe
O
O
O
O
O
O
CH3
DIGital
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
2-33
Command Descriptions
Table 2-20: Argument and available AWG (Cont.)
Argument
AWG410
AWG420
AWG430
AWG510
AWG520
AWG610
NANo
O
O
O
O
O
O
SIX
O
O
O
O
O
O
PICo
O
O
O
O
O
O
ONE
O
O
O
O
O
O
D
O
O
O
O
O
O
TWO
O
O
O
O
O
O
E
O
O
O
O
O
O
THRee
O
O
O
O
O
O
F
O
O
O
O
O
O
ZERo
O
O
O
O
O
O
A
O
O
O
O
O
O
POINt
O
O
O
O
O
O
B
O
O
O
O
O
O
SIGN
O
O
O
O
O
O
C
O
O
O
O
O
O
CLR
O
O
O
O
O
O
G
O
O
O
O
O
O
DELete
O
O
O
O
O
O
INF
O
O
O
O
O
O
RETurn
O
O
O
O
O
O
OUTPut[1]
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
X
O
X
O
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
IOUTput[1]
except Op05
except Op05
OUTPut2
X
IOUTput2
X
O
OUTPut3
X
X
IOUTput3
X
X
except Op05
except Op05
O
except Op05
O
except Op05
O:usable
X:not used
OptXX:usable OptXX only
<knob>::= OFFSet | LSCale | HSHift | SSCale | LEVel | GPKNob
<state>::= ON | OFF | <NR1>
This argument sets the press and release of the specified front panel key. If you
specify ON or nonzero value in this argument, the front panel key is set to press.
If you specify OFF or zero value in this argument, the front panel key is set to
release. When the argument is not specified, 1 is set.
<value>::= <NR1>
This argument sets the rotating direction and quantities of the specified front
2-34
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
Command Descriptions
panel knob. If you specify a positive value in this argument, the knob rotates
clockwise. If you specify a negative value in this argument, the knob rotates
counterclockwise. When the argument is not specified, 1 is set.
Figure 2–6 shows ABSTouch arguments corresponding to the associated
controls.
LARRow
UARRow
DARRow
SETup
RARRow
APPL
EDIT
HARDcopy
UTILity
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
See Figure 2-7
SIDe 1
SIDe 2
See Figure 2-8
SIDe 3
BOTTom1 – BOTTom7
1 AWG400
SIDe 4
SIDe 5
Series only
2 AWG400 Series, AWG520
OUTPut[1]
only
CMENu
OUTPut21
IOUTPut[1]2
IOUTPut21
OUTPut31
IOUTPut31
Figure 2-6: ABSTouch arguments and associated controls
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
2-35
Command Descriptions
GPKNob
TOGGle
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ENTer
SHIFt
SEVen
MEGa
FOUR
MICRo
EIGHt
KILo
FIVe
NANo
NINe
MILLi
SIX
PICo THRee
SIGN F
C
ONE
D
ZERo
A
CLR
G
DELete
INF
RETurn
TWO
E
POINt
B
Figure 2-7: ABSTouch arguments and Front panel key area
VMENu
QKEDit
OFFSet
HMENu
HSHift
RUN
LEVel
CH11
TMENu
CH21
FTRigger
CH32
FEVent
DIGital1
LSCale
1 AWG400/500 series only
2 AWG400 series only
SSCale
Figure 2-8: ABSTouch arguments and Trigger, Output controls
2-36
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
Command Descriptions
Examples
ABSTOUCH SETUP
displays the setup menu that is displayed by pressing the SETUP button on the
front panel.
AWGControl:CLOCk:SOURce (?)
AWG400/500 series Only
This command selects the clock source as either Internal or External.
Group
Related Commands
Syntax
AWG Control
SOURce:ROSCillator:SOURce
AWGControl:CLOCk:SOURce { INTernal | EXTernal }
AWGControl:CLOCk:SOURce?
INTernal
<space>
EXTernal
AWGControl
:
CLOCk
:
SOURce
?
Arguments
INTernal select the internal clock derived from the reference clock as the clock
source.
EXTernal select the external clock signal connected to the EXT CLOCK IN on
the rear panel.
At *RST, this parameter is set to INTernal.
Examples
AWGControl:CLOCk:SOURce EXTernal
selects the external clock as the clock source.
AWGControl:DOUTput<x>[:STATe] (?)
This command supplies raw output of the waveform generator D/A converter for
the specified channel. In AWG500 series the settings of SOURce:VOLTage and
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
2-37
Command Descriptions
OUTPut:FILTer commands are ignored. In the AWG600 series, the setting
OUTPut:FILTer command is ignored.
Group
AWG Control
Related Commands
SOURce:VOLTage command group, OUTPut:FILTer command group
Syntax
AWGControl:DOUTput<x>[:STATe] { OFF | ON | <NR1> }
AWGControl:DOUTput<x>[:STATe]?
AWG410
AWG420
AWG430
AWG510
AWG520
AWG610
1
1, 2
1, 2, 3
1
1, 2
1
OFF
<space>
ON
<NR1>
AWGControl
:
DOUTput
<x>
?
Arguments
OFF or <NR1>+0 provides the D/A converter output normally.
ON or <NR1>00 provides raw output of the D/A converter.
At *RST, this value is set to 0.
Examples
2-38
AWGControl:DOUTput1:STATe ON
supplies the D/A converter output directly to CH 1.
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
Command Descriptions
AWGControl:ENHanced:SEQuence[:JMODe] (?)
This command selects the jump mode in the sequence of the enhanced mode.
Group
AWG Control
Syntax
AWGcontrol:ENHanced:SEQuence[:JMODe] {LOGic | TABLe | SOFTware}
AWGControl:ENHanced:SEQuence[:JMODe]?
AWGControl
:
ENHanced
:
SEQuence
LOGic
<space>
:
TABLe
SOFTware
JMODe
?
Arguments
LOGic
The jump mode is ”logic”.
TABLe
The jump mode is ”table”.
SOFTware
The jump mode is ”software”.
At *RST, this value is set to TABLe.
Examples
AWGControl:ENHanced:SEQuence SOFTware
sets the jump mode to software.
AWGControl:EVENt[:LOGic][:IMMediate] (No Query Form)
This command generates a trigger event for the “logic jump” specified in the
sequence file. This has the same effect as pressing the FORCE EVENT button
on the front panel.
Group
Related Commands
Syntax
AWG Control
AWGControl:RUN[:IMMediate], *TRG
AWGControl:EVENt[:LOGic][:IMMediate]
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
2-39
Command Descriptions
:
AWGControl
Arguments
Examples
:
:
LOGic
IMMediate
EVENt
None
AWGControl:EVENt:LOGic:IMMediate
generates a trigger event for the “logic jump”.
AWGControl:EVENt:SOFTware[:IMMediate] (No Query Form)
This command jumps to a specified line in a sequence file. To enable this
command, a sequence file must be loaded and software jump mode must be set
in the sequence file.
This command will return a “Settings conflict” error (code:–221) when any of
these conditions are present:
1) The waveform generator is not in Enhanced mode.
2) No sequence file is loaded.
3) The Jump Mode setting of the sequence file is not Software.
It also will return a “Data out of range” error (code:–222) if the <line> argument
is less than or equal to zero, or greater than the number of steps of the loaded
sequence file.
Group
Related Commands
Syntax
AWGControl
AWG Control
None
AWGControl:EVENt:SOFTware[:IMMediate]Ă<line>
:
EVENt
:
SOFTware
:
<space>
Arguments
2-40
IMMediate
<line>
<line>::=<NR1> is the line number to be jumped to in the sequence file.
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
Command Descriptions
Examples
AWGControl:EVENt:SOFTware:IMMediate 10
jumps to line 10 in the sequence file.
AWGControl:EVENt:TABLe[:IMMediate] (No Query Form)
This command generates a trigger event for the “table jump” specified in the
sequence file when a jump mode of sequence (ENHanced mode) is a Table.
Group
Related Commands
Syntax
AWGControl
Arguments
Examples
AWG Control
None
AWGControl:EVENt:TABLe[:IMMediate]
:
EVENt
:
TABLe
:
IMMediate
None
AWGControl:EVENt:TABLe:IMMediate
generates a trigger event for the “table jump”.
AWGControl:FG:FREQuency[:CW|:FIXed] (?)
This command adjusts the frequency of the function waveform on all channels.
This query returns the frequency currently set.
CW (Continuous Wave) and FIXed are aliases, and have the same effect.
Group
AWG Control
Syntax
AWGControl:FG:FREQuency[:CW|:FIXed] <NRf>
AWGControl:FG:FREQuency[:CW|:FIXed]?
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
2-41
Command Descriptions
FG
:
AWGControl
CW
:
FIXed
:
<space>
<NRf>
FREQuency
?
Arguments
<NRf> is the output waveform frequency. The range is as follows.
AWG400 series : 1Hz to 10 MHz.
AWG500 series : 1Hz to 100 MHz.
AWG600 series : 1Hz to 260 MHz.
At *RST, this value is set as follows.
AWG400 series : 1 MHz.
AWG500 series : 5 MHz.
AWG600 series : 13 MHz.
Examples
AWGControl:FG:FREQuency 10MHz
sets the frequency to 10 MHz.
AWGControl:FG<n>:FUNCtion[:SHAPe] (?)
This command selects a standard function waveform (as opposed to a waveform
file) in the specified channel.
This query returns the currently selected standard function waveform.
Group
AWG Control
Syntax
AWGControl:FG<n>:FUNCtion[:SHAPe] <shape>
AWGControl:FG<n>:FUNCtion[:SHAPe] ?
<n>::= channel
2-42
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
Command Descriptions
SINusoid
TRIangle
<n>
FG
:
AWGControl
SQUare
RAMP
:
PULSe
SHAPe
DC
<space>
:
FUNCtion
?
Arguments
SINusoid selects a sine wave function waveform.
TRIangle selects a triangle function waveform.
SQUare selects a square wave function waveform.
RAMP selects a ramp function waveform.
PULSe selects a pulse function waveform.
DC selects a DC function waveform.
At *RST, this value is set to SINusoid
Examples
AWGControl:FG1:FUNCtion RAMP
sets the CH1 standard function waveform to RAMP.
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
2-43
Command Descriptions
AWGControl:FG<n>:PHASe[:ADJust] (?)
AWG420, AWG430 and AWG520 Only
This command sets the phase of the function waveform on selected channel.
This query returns the phase of the function waveform.
Group
AWG Control
Syntax
AWGControl:FG<n>:PHASe[:ADJust] <NRf>
AWGControl:FG<n>:PHASe[:ADJust]?
<n>::= channel
<n>
FG
:
AWGControl
:
ADJust
<space>
:
<NRf>
PHASe
?
Arguments
<NRf> is the phase of the function waveform. The range is –6.28319
(–360degrees) to +6.28319(+360degrees).
Step:
AWG400
Frequency
Step(degree)
1.000Hz to 20.00kHz
0.036
20.01kHz to 200.0kHz
0.36
200.1kHz to 2.000MHz
3.6
2.001MHz to 4.000MHz
7.2
4.001MHz to 5.000MHz
9
5.001MHz to 8.000MHz
14.4
8.001MHz to 10.00MHz
18
AWG500
2-44
Frequency
1.000Hz to 100.0kHz
100.1kHz to 1.000MHz
1.001MHz to 5.000MHz
5.001MHz to 10.00MHz
10.01MHz to 20.00MHz
20.01MHz to 25.00MHz
25.01MHz to 40.00MHz
40.01MHz to 50.00MHz
50.01MHz to 100.0MHz
Step(degree)
0.036
0.36
1.8
3.6
7.2
9
14.4
18
36
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
Command Descriptions
At *RST, this value is set as 0.
Examples
AWGControl:FG1:PHASe 0.36DEGree
sets the CH1 phase to 0.36 degrees.
AWGControl:FG<n>:POLarity (?)
This command sets polarity of the function waveform on the selected channel.
This query returns polarity currently set.
Group
AWG Control
Syntax
AWGControl:FG<n>:POLarity {POSitive | NEGative}
AWGControl:FG<n>:POLarity?
<n>::= channel
FG
:
AWGControl
<n>
POSitive
<space>
:
NEGative
POLarity
?
Arguments
POSitive sets waveform to positive polarity.
NEGative sets waveform to negative polarity.
At *RST, this value is set to POSitive.
Examples
AWGControl:FG1:POLarity POSitive
sets the CH1 polarity to positive.
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
2-45
Command Descriptions
AWGControl:FG<n>:PULSe:DCYCle (?)
This command sets the duty cycle of the pulse waveform on selected channel.
This query returns the duty cycle of the pulse waveform.
Group
AWG Control
Syntax
AWGControl:FG<n>:PULSe:DCYCle <NRf>
AWGControl:FG<n>:PULSe:DCYCle?
<n>::= channel
<n>
FG
:
AWGControl
<space>
:
PULSe
:
<NRf>
DCYCle
?
Arguments
2-46
<NRf> is the duty cycle. The range is 0.1 to 99.9%.
Step:
AWG400
Frequency
Step(%)
1.000Hz to 200.0kHz
0.1
200.1kHz to 2.000MHz
1
2.001MHz to 4.000MHz
2
4.001MHz to 5.000MHz
2.5
5.001MHz to 8.000MHz
4
8.001MHz to 10.00MHz
5
AWG500
Frequency
1.000Hz to 1.000MHz
1.001MHz to 5.000MHz
5.001MHz to 10.00MHz
10.01MHz to 20.00MHz
20.01MHz to 25.00MHz
25.01MHz to 40.00MHz
40.01MHz to 50.00MHz
50.01MHz to 100.0MHz
Step(%)
0.1
0.5
1
2
2.5
4
5
10
AWG600
Frequency
1.000Hz to 2.600MHz
2.601MHz to 13.00MHz
13.01MHz to 26.00MHz
26.01MHz to 52.00MHz
Step(%)
0.1
0.5
1
2
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
Command Descriptions
52.01MHz to 65.00MHz
65.01MHz to 104.0MHz
104.1MHz to 130.0MHz
130.1MHz to 260.0MHz
2.5
4
5
10
At *RST, this value is set as 10.0.
Examples
AWGControl:FG1:PULSe:DCYCle 20
sets the CH1 duty cycle to 20%.
AWGControl:FG[:STATe] (?)
This command turns the FG(Function Generation) mode on or off.
This query returns status indicating whether the waveform generator is set to the
function generator mode.
Group
AWG Control
Syntax
AWGControl:FG[:STATe] { OFF | ON | <NRf> }
AWGControl:FG[:STATe]?
:
AWGControl
:
STATe
FG
OFF
<space>
ON
<NRf>
?
Arguments
OFF or <NRf>+0 sets the FG mode to OFF .
ON or <NRf>00 sets the FG mode to ON.
At *RST, this value is set to OFF.
Examples
AWGControl:FG ON
sets the FG mode to ON.
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
2-47
Command Descriptions
AWGControl:FG<n>:VOLTage[:LEVel][:IMMediate][:AMPLitude] (?)
This command adjusts peak–to–peak voltage of the function waveform on
selected channel.
This query returns peak–to–peak voltage currently set.
Group
AWG Control
Syntax
AWGControl:FG<n>:VOLTage[:LEVel][:IMMediate][:AMPLitude] <NRf>
AWGControl:FG<n>:VOLTage[:LEVel][:IMMediate][:AMPLitude]?
<n>::= channel
:
:
AWGControl
:
FG
IMMediate
:
<n>
:
LEVel
VOLTage
AMPLitude
<space>
<NRf>
?
Arguments
<NRf> is the amplitude of the waveform. The Step is 1mV.
The range is as follows.
AWG400(Standard) series : 0.020Vpp to 2.000Vpp
AWG400(Option 05) series : 0.020Vpp to 5.000Vpp
AWG500 series : 0.020Vpp to 2.000Vpp
AWG600 series : 0.020Vpp to 2.000Vpp
At *RST, this value is set to 1.0.
Examples
2-48
AWGControl:FG1:VOLTage 2.0
sets the CH1 amplitude to 2.000Vpp.
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
Command Descriptions
AWGControl:FG<n>:VOLTage[:LEVel][:IMMediate]:OFFSet (?)
This command adjusts offset voltage of the function waveform on selected
channel.
This query returns offset voltage currently set.
Group
AWG Control
Syntax
AWGControl:FG<n>:VOLTage[:LEVel][:IMMediate]:OFFSet <NRf>
AWGControl:FG<n>:VOLTage[:LEVel][:IMMediate]:OFFSet?
<n>::= channel
:
:
AWGControl
:
FG
:
<n>
LEVel
VOLTage
IMMediate
<space>
:
<NRf>
OFFSet
?
Arguments
<NRf> is the offset of the waveform. The Step is 1mV.
The range is as follows.
AWG400(Standard) series : –1.000V to +1.000V
AWG400(Option 05) series : –2.500V to +2.500V
AWG500 series : –1.000V to +1.000V
AWG600 series : –1.000V to +1.000V
At *RST, this value is set to 0.0.
Examples
AWGControl:FG1:VOLTage:OFFSet 0.5
sets the CH1 offset to 0.5V.
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
2-49
Command Descriptions
AWGControl:RMODe (?)
This command selects the mode used to output waveforms or sequences.
Group
Related Commands
Syntax
AWG Control
AWGControl:RUN[:IMMediate], AWGControl:STOP[:IMMediate],
[SOURce[1]]:FUNCtion:USER, *TRG
AWGControl:RMODe { CONTinuous | TRIGgered | GATed | ENHanced }
AWGControl:RMODe?
CONTinuous
TRIGgered
<space>
GATed
ENHanced
AWGControl
:
RMODe
?
Arguments
You can select the modes listed in Table 2–21.
Table 2-21: Selecting run modes
Arguments
Descriptions
CONTinuous
Sets the continuous mode, which continuously outputs the waveform. The
external trigger, including FORCE TRIGGER button and the corresponding
remote commands, have no effect.
TRIGgered
Sets the triggered mode, which outputs one waveform cycle for each trigger.
GATed
Sets the gated mode, which continuously outputs the waveform or sequence
as long as the trigger remains enabled. The trigger remains effective as long
as any of the following events occur:
H The FORCE TRIGGER button remains pressed
H A valid external gate signal remains input
H The TRIGger[:SEQuence][:IMMediate] or *TRG command has
been executed but an ABORt command has not yet been issued
ENHanced
Sets the enhanced mode, which outputs the waveform according to the
sequence file specified with the SOURce:FUNCtion:USER command. If the
sequence file is not loaded, this mode is the same as the triggered mode.
At *RST, this parameter is set to CONTinuous.
2-50
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
Command Descriptions
Examples
SOURce:FUNCtion:USER "SAMPLE1.SEQ";:AWGControl:RMODe ENHanced;RUN
outputs waveform according to the sequence file SAMPLE1.SEQ.
AWGControl:RMODe?
can return the following response:
TRIG
AWGControl:RSTate? (Query Only)
This command returns the current running status.
Group
AWG Control
Syntax
AWGControl:RSTate?
AWGControl
Arguments
Returns
RSTate
?
None
<NR1>
0
1
2
Examples
:
The waveform generator is stopped.
The waveform generator is waiting for a trigger.
The waveform generator is running.
AWGControl:RSTate?
can return the following response:
1
AWGControl:RUN[:IMMediate] (No Query Form)
This command initiates the output of a waveform or a sequence. This has the
same effect as manually pressing the RUN button on the front panel.
Group
Related Commands
AWG Control
AWGControl:STOP[:IMMediate], *TRG
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
2-51
Command Descriptions
Syntax
AWGControl:RUN[:IMMediate]
:
AWGControl
Arguments
Examples
RUN
:
IMMediate
None
AWGControl:RUN[:IMMediate]
initiates the output of a waveform or a sequence.
AWGControl:SREStore (No Query Form)
This command resets the default settings of a specified file.
Group
Related Commands
Syntax
AWGControl
Arguments
AWG Control
AWGControl:SSAVe, MMEMory:CDIRectory, MMEMory:MSIS
AWGControl:SREStore <file_name>[,<msus>]
:
SREStore
<space>
<file_name>
,
<msus>
<file_name>::=<string> specifies the file to restore the settings.
<msus> (mass storage unit specifier)::=<string> is the media on which
the file exists:
MAIN
Internal hard disk drive
FLOPpy
Internal floppy disk drive
NET1, NET2, or NET3 Network drive 1, 2, or 3 (specified with
the SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN commands)
Examples
2-52
AWGControl:SREStore "SAMPLE1.SET","FLOPpy"
resets the default settings of the file SAMPLE1.SET on the floppy disk.
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
Command Descriptions
AWGControl:SSAVe (No Query Form)
This command stores the current settings to a specified file.
Group
Related Commands
Syntax
AWGControl
Arguments
AWG Control
AWGControl:SREStore, MMEMory:CDIRectory, MMEMory:MSIS
AWGControl:SSAVe <file_name>[,<msus>]
:
SSAVe
<space>
<file_name>
,
<msus>
<file_name>::=<string> specifies the file to store the settings.
<msus> (mass storage unit specifier)::=<string> is the media on which
the file exists:
MAIN
Internal hard disk drive
FLOPpy
Internal floppy disk drive
NET1, NET2, or NET3 Network drive 1, 2, or 3 (specified with
the SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN commands)
Examples
AWGControl:SSAVe "SAMPLE1.SET","FLOPpy"
stores the current settings to the file SAMPLE1.SET on the floppy disk.
AWGControl:STOP[:IMMediate] (No Query Form)
This command terminates waveform output. When the mode is not set to
continuous, it also resets the sequence pointer to output the waveform from the
top of the sequence with the next trigger event.
Group
Related Commands
AWG Control
AWGControl:RUN[:IMMediate], *TRG
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
2-53
Command Descriptions
Syntax
AWGControl:STOP[:IMMediate]
:
AWGControl
Arguments
Examples
STOP
:
IMMediate
None
AWGControl:STOP[:IMMediate]
stops the output of a waveform.
*CAL? (Query Only)
The *CAL? query performs an internal calibration and returns a status that
indicates whether or not the waveform generator completed the calibration
successfully. If an error is detected during calibration, execution immediately
stops, and an error code is returned. This query performs the same function as
the CALibration[:ALL]? query.
NOTE. A period of time is required to complete the internal calibration. During
this time, the waveform generator does not respond to any commands or queries
issued.
Group
Related Commands
Syntax
Calibration
CALibration[:ALL]?
*CAL?
*CAL
Arguments
None
Returns
<NR1>
0
–340
2-54
?
Terminated without error.
Calibration failed.
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
Command Descriptions
Examples
*CAL?
performs an internal calibration and returns the results. For example, the query
might return 0, which indicates the calibration terminated without any errors.
CALibration[:ALL] (?)
The CALibration[:ALL] command performs a full calibration of the waveform
generator.
The CALibration[:ALL]? query performs a full calibration and responds with a
<NR1> indicating the success of the calibration. This query has the same function
as the *CAL? query.
If an error is detected during calibration, a message is queued in the error/event
queue, and the error code “–340” is returned.
NOTE. A period of time is required to complete the internal calibration. During
this time, the waveform generator does not respond to any commands or queries
issued.
Group
Related Commands
Syntax
Calibration
*CAL?
CALibration[:ALL]
CALibration[:ALL]?
ALL
CALibration
:
?
Arguments
None
Returns
<NR1>
0
–340
Examples
Terminated without error.
Calibration failed.
CALibration[:ALL]
performs a full calibration.
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
2-55
Command Descriptions
CALibration[:ALL]?
performs a full calibration and returns the results. For example, it might return 0,
which indicates the calibration terminated without any errors.
*CLS (No Query Form)
This command clears all the event registers and queues, used by the waveform
generator status and event reporting system. For more details, refer to the, Status
and Events section.
Group
Status
Syntax
*CLS
*CLS
Arguments
Examples
None
*CLS
clears all the event registers and queues.
DIAGnostic:DATA? (Query Only)
This command returns the results of a self-test.
Group
Related Commands
Syntax
Diagnostic
DIAGnostic[:IMMediate], DIAGnostic:SELect
DIAGnostic:DATA?
DIAGnostic
Arguments
Returns
2-56
:
DATA
?
None
<NR1>
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
Command Descriptions
0
–330
Examples
Terminated without error.
Self-test failed.
DIAGnostic:DATA?
might return 0.
DIAGnostic[:IMMediate] (?)
The DIAGnostic[:IMMediate] command executes the self-test routine(s)
selected by the DIAGnostic:SELect command. The query DIAGnostic
[:IMMediate]? executes the routine(s) and returns the results.
If an error is detected during execution, the routine that detected the error
terminates. If all of the self-test routines are selected, self-testing continues with
execution of the next self-test routine.
Group
Related Commands
Syntax
Diagnostic
DIAGnostic:SELect, DIAGnostic:DATA?
DIAGnostic[:IMMediate]
DIAGnostic[:IMMediate]?
:
IMMediate
DIAGnostic
?
Arguments
Returns
None
<NR1>
0
–330
Examples
Terminated without error.
Self-test failed.
DIAGnostic:SELect ALL;IMMediate?
executes all of the self-test routines. After all self-test routines finish, the results
of the self-tests are returned.
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
2-57
Command Descriptions
DIAGnostic:SELect (?)
This command selects the self-test routine(s).
Group
Related Commands
Syntax
Diagnostic
DIAGnostic[:IMMediate]
DIAGnostic:SELect { ALL | OUTPut | RMODe | ROSCillator
| SMEMory | SYSTem | WMEMory }
DIAGnostic:SELect?
ALL
OUTPut
RMODe
ROSCillator
SMEMory
<space>
SYSTem
WMEMory
DIAGnostic
:
SELect
?
Arguments
You can select the following self-test routines:
Table 2-22: SelfĆtest routines
Argument
Description
ALL
Checks all routines that follow
OUTput
Checks the analog output unit
RMODe
Checks the control unit
ROSCillator
Checks the reference oscillator unit
SMEMory
Checks the sequence memory
SYSTem
Checks the system unit, such as the system memory
WMEMory
Checks the waveform memory
At *RST, this parameter is set to ALL.
2-58
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
Command Descriptions
Examples
DIAGnostic:SELect WMEMory;IMMediate
executes the waveform memory self-test routine.
DISPlay:BRIGhtness (?)
AWG500/600 series Only
This command controls the intensity of the display.
Group
Display
Syntax
DISPlay:BRIGhtness <NR2>
DISPlay:BRIGhtness?
<space>
DISPlay
:
<NRf>
BRIGhtness
?
Arguments
<NR2> ranges from 0 to 1, where 1 is full intensity and 0 is fully blanked.
At *RST, this value is set to 0.7.
Examples
DISPlay:BRIGhtness 0.8
sets the intensity of the display to 80% of maximum intensity.
DISPlay:ENABle (?)
AWG400 series Only
This command controls ON/OFF of the display.
Group
Display
Syntax
DISPlay:ENABle { OFF | ON | <NR1> }
DISPlay:ENABle?
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
2-59
Command Descriptions
OFF
<space>
ON
<NR1>
DISPlay
:
ENABle
?
Arguments
OFF or <NR1>+0 sets OFF the display.
ON or <NR1>00 sets ON the display.
At *RST, this value is set to OFF.
Examples
DISPlay:ENABle ON
sets ON the display.
DISPlay:HILight:COLor (?)
AWG400 series Only
This command controls the HILight color.
Group
Display
Syntax
DISPlay:HILight:COLor <NR1>
DISPlay:HILight:COLor?
<space>
DISPlay
:
HILight
:
<NR1>
COLor
?
Arguments
<NR1> is the color number. The range is 0 to 7.
At *RST, this value is set to 0.
Returns
Examples
2-60
<NR1> indicates the number of color.
DISPlay:HILight:COLor 1
sets the number 1 color.
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
Command Descriptions
*ESE (?)
The *ESE command sets the bits of the ESER (Event Status Enable Register)
used in the status and events reporting system of the waveform generator. The
*ESE? query returns the contents of the ESER. Refer to the Status and Events for
more information about the ESER.
Group
Related Commands
Syntax
Status
*CLS, *ESR?, *PSC, *SRE, *STB?
*ESE <bit_value>
*ESE?
*ESE
<space>
<bit_value>
?
Arguments
<bit_value>::=<NR1>
where <NR1> is a decimal integer in the range 0 to 255. The binary bits of the
ESER are set according to this value.
The power-on default for ESER is 0 if *PSC is 1. If *PSC is 0, the ESER
maintains its value through a power cycle.
Examples
*ESE 177
sets the ESER to 177 (binary 10110001), which sets the PON, CME, EXE and
OPC bits.
*ESE?
might return 176, which indicates that the ESER contains the binary number
10110000.
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
2-61
Command Descriptions
*ESR? (Query Only)
This command returns the contents of the Standard Event Status Register
(SESR) used in the status and events reporting system in the waveform
generator. *ESR? also clears the SESR (since reading the SESR clears it). Refer
to Section 3 Status and Events for more information.
Group
Related Commands
Syntax
Status
*CLS, *ESE?, *SRE, *STB?
*ESR?
*ESR
Returns
Examples
?
<NR1> indicates the content of the SESR in a decimal integer.
*ESR?
might return 181, which indicates that the SESR contains the binary number
10110101.
HCOPy:DESTination (No Query Form)
This command sets the hardcopy destination. For the waveform generator, the
destination is always set to MMEMory (mass memory). This command is
included only for compatibility with the SCPI standard. The destination file on
the mass memory device is specified by the MMEMory:NAME command. For more
information about hardcopy, see Hardcopy Commands on page 2–22.
Group
Related Commands
Syntax
Hardcopy
MMEMory:NAME
HCOPy:DESTination <data_handle>
HCOPy
Arguments
2-62
:
DESTination
<space>
<data_handle>
<data_handle>::=<string>
where <string> is fixed to ”MMEMory” for the waveform generator.
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
Command Descriptions
Examples
HCOPy:DESTination "MMEMory"
sets the hardcopy destination to a file specified with the MMEMory:NAME
command.
HCOPy:DEVice:COLor (?)
AWG400 series Only
This command sets the hardcopy color mode.
Group
Related Commands
Syntax
Hardcopy
HCOPy:DEVice:LANGuage
HCOPy:DEVice:COLor { OFF | ON | <NR1> }
HCOPy:DEVice:COLor?
OFF
<space>
ON
<NR1>
HCOPy
:
DEVice
:
COLor
?
Arguments
OFF or <NR1>+0 sets the hardcopy color mode to OFF.
ON or <NR1>00 sets the hardcopy color mode to ON.
At *RST, this value is set to OFF.
Examples
HCOPy:DEVice:COLor ON
sets the hardcopy color mode to ON.
HCOPy:DEVice:LANGuage (?)
This command sets the hardcopy data format.
Group
Related Commands
Hardcopy
HCOPy:DEVice:COLor
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
2-63
Command Descriptions
Syntax
HCOPy:DEVice:LANGuage { BMP | TIFF }
HCOPy:DEVice:LANGuage?
BMP
HCOPy
:
DEVice
:
LANGuage
<space>
TIFF
?
Arguments
BMP specifies the Windows bitmap file format.
TIFF specifies the TIFF format.
At *RST, the parameter is set to BMP.
Examples
HCOPy:DEVice:LANGuage TIFF
specifies the TIFF data format for hardcopy.
HCOPy[:IMMediate] (No Query Form)
This command immediately initiates hardcopy output according to the current
HCOPy setup parameters. For the waveform generator, this command is the
same as HCOPy:SDUMp[:IMMediate]. For more information about hardcopy, see
Hardcopy Commands on page 2–22.
Group
Related Commands
Syntax
Hardcopy
HCOPy:DESTination, HCOPy:SDUMp[:IMMediate]
HCOPy[:IMMediate]
HCOPy
Arguments
Examples
2-64
:
IMMediate
None
HCOPy:IMMediate
starts hardcopy output.
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
Command Descriptions
HCOPy:SDUMp[:IMMediate] (No Query Form)
This command initiates a screen dump of the entire screen. For the waveform
generator, this is the same as the HCOPy[:IMMediate] command. For more
information about hardcopy, see Hardcopy Commands on page 2–22.
Group
Hardcopy
Syntax
HCOPy:SDUMp[:IMMediate]
HCOPy
Arguments
Examples
:
SDUMp
:
IMMediate
None
MMEMory:NAME "SAMPLE1.BMP";:HCOPy:SDUMp:IMMediate
prints the entire screen to the file SAMPLE1.BMP.
*IDN? (Query Only)
This command returns identification information for the waveform generator.
Group
System
Syntax
*IDN?
*IDN
Arguments
Returns
Examples
?
None
<manufacturer>, <model>, <serial_number>, <firmware_level>
where
<manufacturer>::=SONY/TEK
<model>::={ AWG410 | AWG420 | AWG430 | AWG510 | AWG520 | AWG610 }
<serial_number>::=0
<firmware_level>::=SCPI:99.0 OS:x.y USR:x.y
*IDN?
might return SONY/TEK,AWG410,0,SCPI:99.0 OS:1.0 USR:1.0
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
2-65
Command Descriptions
MMEMory:CATalog? (Query Only)
This command returns information about the current contents and state of the
mass storage media.
Group
Related Commands
Syntax
Mass Memory
MMEMory:CDIRectory, MMEMory:MSIS
MMEMory:CATalog?[ <msus>]
MMEMory
Arguments
:
?
<space>
<msus>
<msus> (mass storage unit specifier)::=<string> is one of the following:
MAIN
FLOPpy
NET1, NET2, or NET3
Returns
CATalog
The internal hard disk drive
The internal floppy disk drive
The network drive 1, 2, or 3 (specified with the
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN commands)
<NR1>,<NR1>[,<file_name>,<file_type>,<file_size>]...
where:
The first <NR1> is the total amount of storage currently used, in bytes.
For the network drives, <NR1>+0.
The second <NR1> is the total amount of storage available.
For the network drives, <NR1>+0.
<file_name>,<file_type>,<file_size>::=<string>
where
<file_name> is the exact name of a file,
<file_type> is DIR for directory, otherwise it is blank, and
<file_size> is the size of the file, in bytes.
Examples
2-66
MMEMory:CATalog? "MAIN"
might return the following response:
484672,3878652,"SAMPLE1.WFM,2948"
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
Command Descriptions
MMEMory:CDIRectory (?)
This command changes the default directory for a mass memory file system. The
default mass storage device is selected by MMEMory:MSIS command.
Group
Related Commands
Syntax
Mass Memory
MMEMory:CDIRectory, MMEMory:MSIS
MMEMory:CDIRectory [<directory_name>]
MMEMory:CDIRectory?
MMEMory
:
CDIRectory
<space>
<directory_name>
?
Arguments
<directory_name>::=<string>
is the default directory for a mass memory file system.
If you do not specify a parameter, the directory is set to the *RST value.
At *RST, this parameter is set to the root.
Examples
MMEMory:CDIRectory "/AWG/WORK0"
changes the default directory to /AWG/WORK0.
MMEMory:CLOSe (No Query Form)
This command closes the file specified in the MMEMory:NAME command. This
command is included only for compatibility with the SCPI standard and may not
be used.
Group
Related Commands
Mass Memory
MMEMory:NAME, MMEMory:OPEN
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
2-67
Command Descriptions
Syntax
MMEMory:CLOSe
MMEMory
Arguments
:
CLOSe
None
Examples
MMEMory:NAME "SAMPLE1.WFM";CLOSe
closes the file SAMPLE1.WFM.
MMEMory:COPY (No Query Form)
This command copies an existing file to a new file. An error is generated if the
source file does not exist.
Group
Mass Memory
Related Commands
MMEMory:CDIRectory, MMEMory:DELete, MMEMory:MSIS
Syntax
MMEMory
Arguments
MMEMory:COPY <file_source>,<file_destination>
:
COPY
<space>
<file_source>
,
<file_destination>
<file_source>::=<file_name>[,<msus>]
<file_destination>::=<file_name>[,<msus>]
where:
<file_name>::=<string> is the source or destination file name.
<msus> (mass storage unit specifier)::=<string> is the media on which
the file exists:
MAIN
FLOPpy
NET1, NET2, or NET3
Examples
2-68
Internal hard disk drive
Internal floppy disk drive
Network drive 1, 2, or 3 (specified with
the SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN commands)
MMEMory:COPY "FILE1.WFM","MAIN","FILE2.WFM","FLOPpy"
copies the file FILE1.WFM on the waveform generator hard disk to the file
FILE2.WFM on the floppy disk.
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
Command Descriptions
MMEMory:DATA (?)
This command loads block data into the file on the default mass storage device,
or returns the contents of the file.
Group
Related Commands
Syntax
Mass Memory
MMEMory:CDIRectory, MMEMory:MSIS
MMEMory:DATA <file_name>,<data>
MMEMory:DATA?<file_name>
:
MMEMory
DATA
<space>
<file_name>
,
<data>
?
Arguments
<file_name>::=<string> specifies the file to be loaded with data.
<data> is in 488.2 block format.
Examples
MMEMory:DATA "FILE1",#41024xxxxx...
loads data into the file FILE1.
MMEMory:DELete (No Query Form)
This command removes a file from the specified mass storage device.
Group
Related Commands
Syntax
MMEMory
Mass Memory
MMEMory:CDIRectory, MMEMory:MSIS
MMEMory:DELete <file_name>[,<msus>]
:
DELete
<space>
<file_name>
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
,
<msus>
2-69
Command Descriptions
Arguments
<file_name>::=<string> specifies the file to be removed.
<msus> (mass storage unit specifier)::=<string> is the media on which
the file exists:
MAIN
FLOPpy
NET1, NET2, or NET3
Examples
Internal hard disk drive
Internal floppy disk drive
Network drive 1, 2, or 3 (specified with
the SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN commands)
MMEMory:DELete "FILE1.WFM","FLOPpy"
removes the file FILE1.WFM on the floppy disk.
MMEMory:FEED (?)
This command sets the data handle to be used to feed data into the file specified
by MMEMory:NAME. For the waveform generator, the data handle is fixed to
HCOPy. This command is included only for compatibility with the SCPI standard,
and may not be used (refer to Hardcopy Commands on page 2–22).
Group
Mass Memory
Related Commands
MMEMory:NAME
Syntax
MMEMory:FEED <data_handle>
MMEMory:FEED?
<data_handle>
<space>
MMEMory
:
FEED
?
Arguments
<data_handle>::=<string> for the waveform generator, the data handle is
fixed to HCOPy.
At *RST, this parameter is set to ”HCOP”.
Examples
2-70
MMEMory:FEED "HCOPy"
sets the data handle.
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
Command Descriptions
MMEMory:INITialize (No Query Form)
This command initializes a specified mass storage media. In this application, you
can initialize the internal hard disk or floppy disk.
NOTE. The initializing process erases all information that is already on the disk.
This command is a”Quick Format” command, which cannot format MAC
format, other OS format and damaged disk.
Group
Mass Memory
Related Commands
MMEMory:MSIS
Syntax
MMEMory
:
MMEMory:INITialize[ <msus>[,DOS[,<NR1>]]]
INITialize
,
,
<space>
Arguments
<NR1>
DOS
<msus>
<msus> (mass storage unit specifier)::=<string> is the media on which
the specified mass storage:{ "MAIN" | "FLOPpy" }
where MAIN means the internal hard disk, and FLOPpy means the floppy disk.
The media is initialized in DOS format.
<NR1> is ignored in this application (It usually specifies media-dependent
information.)
When you specify MAIN, this command returns the instrument settings to the
factory defaults, except for the communication parameters (see Appendix E:
Factory Initialization Settings).
Examples
MMEMory:INITialize "FLOPpy"
initializes a floppy disk in DOS format.
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
2-71
Command Descriptions
MMEMory:MDIRectory (No Query Form)
This command creates a directory on the specified mass storage unit.
Group
Mass Memory
Related Commands
MMEMory:CDIRectory, MMEMory:MSIS
Syntax
MMEMory:MDIRectory <directory_name>[,<msus>]
:
MMEMory
Arguments
MDIRectory
<space>
<directory_name>
,
<msus>
<directory_name>::=<string> specifies a new directory.
<msus> (mass storage unit specifier)::=<string> is the media on which
you make the directory:
MAIN
FLOPpy
NET1, NET2, or NET3
Examples
Internal hard disk drive
Internal floppy disk drive
Network drive 1, 2, or 3 (specified with
the SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN commands)
MMEMory:MDIRectory "WAVEFORM","FLOPpy"
makes the directory “WAVEFORM” on the floppy disk.
MMEMory:MOVE (No Query Form)
This command moves an existing file to another file name. If the source file does
not exist, an error occurs.
Group
Mass Memory
Related Commands
MMEMory:CDIRectory, MMEMory:COPY, MMEMory:DELete, MMEMory:MSIS
Syntax
MMEMory
2-72
MMEMory:MOVE <file_source>,<file_destination>
:
MOVE
<space>
<file_source>
,
<file_destination>
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
Command Descriptions
Arguments
<file_source>, <file_destination>
::=<file_name>[,<msus>]
where:
<file_name>::=<string> is the source or destination file name.
<msus> (mass storage unit specifier)::=<string> is the media on which
the file exists:
MAIN
FLOPpy
NET1, NET2, or NET3
Examples
Internal hard disk drive
Internal floppy disk drive
Network drive 1, 2, or 3 (specified with
the SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN commands)
MMEMory:MOVE "FILE1.WFM","MAIN","FILE2.WFM","FLOPpy"
moves the file FILE1.WMF on the waveform generator hard disk to
FILE2.WFM on the floppy disk.
MMEMory:MSIS (?)
The “Mass Storage IS” command selects a default mass storage device that is
used by all MMEMory commands except INITialize.
Group
Related Commands
Syntax
Mass Memory
All MMEMory commands except INITialize.
MMEMory:MSIS[ <msus>]
MMEMory:MSIS?
<space>
MMEMory
:
<msus>
MSIS
?
Arguments
<msus>(Mass Storage Unit Specifier)::=<string> specifies a default mass
storage device.
MAIN
FLOPpy
NET1, NET2, or NET3
Internal hard disk drive
Internal floppy disk drive
Network drive 1, 2, or 3 (specified with
the SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN commands)
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
2-73
Command Descriptions
At *RST, this parameter is set to MAIN.
Examples
MMEMory:MSIS "FLOPpy"
selects the floppy disk drive as the default mass storage device.
MMEMory:NAME (?)
This command specifies the name of the file specification used by MMEMoĆ
ry:OPEN or CLOSe commands.
Group
Mass Memory
Related Commands
MMEMory:CLOSe, MMEMory:OPEN
Syntax
MMEMory:NAME <file_name>[,<msus>]
MMEMory:NAME?
,
<space>
MMEMory
:
<msus>
<file_name>
NAME
?
Arguments
<file_name>::=<string> is the name of the file to be opened or closed.
<msus> (mass storage unit specifier)::=<string> is the media on which
the file exists:
MAIN
FLOPpy
NET1, NET2, or NET3
Internal hard disk drive
Internal floppy disk drive
Network drive 1, 2, or 3 (specified with
the SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN commands)
At *RST, this parameter is set to ”HARDCOPY”.
Examples
2-74
MMEMory:NAME "SAMPLE1.WFM","NET1";OPEN
opens the file SAMPLE1.WFM on the network drive 1.
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
Command Descriptions
MMEMory:OPEN (No Query Form)
This command opens the file specified in the MMEMory:NAME command. This
command is included only for compatibility, and may not be used.
Group
Related Commands
Syntax
Mass Memory
MMEMory:CDIRectory, MMEMory:CLOSe, MMEMory:MSIS, MMEMory:NAME
MMEMory:OPEN
MMEMory
Arguments
Examples
:
OPEN
None
MMEMory:NAME "SAMPLE1.WFM","NET1";OPEN
opens the file SAMPLE1.WFM on the network drive 1.
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
2-75
Command Descriptions
*OPC (?)
Operation complete command (query). Use this command between two other
commands to ensure completion of the first command before processing the
second command.
In this application, all commands are designed to be executed in the order in
which they are sent from the external controller. The *OPC (?) command is
included to ensure compliance with the SCPI standard. You do not need to use
this command.
Refer to page 3–6 about the OPC bit of SESR (Standard Event Status Register).
Group
Synchronization
Related Commands
*WAI
Syntax
*OPC
*OPC?
*OPC
?
Arguments
Returns
None
<NR1>=1 when all pending operations are finished.
*OPT? (Query Only)
This command returns the implemented options of the waveform generator.
Group
System
Syntax
*OPT?
*OPT
Arguments
2-76
?
None
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
Command Descriptions
Returns
<opt>[,<opt>[,<opt>[,<opt>]]]
where:
0
01
03
05
10
DDO
Examples
the waveform generator has no options installed.
the waveform generator has Long Memory Option installed.
(AWG400 series only)
the waveform generator has Digital Data Out Option installed.
(AWG400 series only)
the waveform generator has Single-end Output Option installed.
(AWG400 series only)
the waveform generator has ATE Option installed.
the waveform generator has Option 03 (Digital Data Out) installed.
(AWG500 series only)
*OPT?
might return 0 to indicate that no option is installed in the instrument.
OUTPut<x>:FILTer[:LPASs]:FREQuency (?)
This command determines the cutoff frequency of the low pass filter for a
specified channel.
Group
Output
Syntax
OUTPut<x>:FILTer[:LPASs]:FREQuency { <NRf> | INFinity }
OUTPut<x>:FILTer[:LPASs]:FREQuency?
<x>::= following
AWG410
AWG420
AWG430
AWG510
AWG520
AWG610
1
1, 2
1, 2, 3
1
1, 2
1
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
2-77
Command Descriptions
LPASs
:
OUTPut
<x>
FILTer
:
INFinity
<space>
<NRf>
:
FREQuency
?
Arguments
<NRf> is the cutoff frequency of the low pass filter, in Hz.
In AWG400 series, you can select 1e6 (1MHz), 5e6 (5MHz), 20e6 (20MHz),
50e6 (50MHz), or 9.9e37 (INFinity, that means “through”).
In AWG500 series, you can select 10e6 (10MHz), 20e6 (20MHz), 50e6
(50MHz), 100e6 (100MHz), or 9.9e37 (INFinity, that means “through”).
In AWG600 series, you can select 20e6 (20MHz), 50e6 (50MHz), 100e6
(100MHz), 200e6 (200MHz), or 9.9e37 (INFinity, that means “through”).
At *RST, this value is set to 9.9e37 (“through”).
Examples
OUTPut1:FILTer:LPASs:FREQuency 100e6
sets the cutoff frequency of the low pass filter for CH 1 to 100 MHz.
At *RST, this value is set to 9.9e37 (“through”).
OUTPut<x>:ISTate (?)
AWG400 series(except Opt05) , AWG510 and AWG610 Only
Controls whether the waveform generator inverted CH 1 output terminal (CH1)
is enabled or disabled. When the function is OFF, the CH1 terminal is at
maximum isolation from the signal.
Group
Output
Syntax
OUTPut<x>:ISTate { ON | OFF | <NR1> }
OUTPut<x>:ISTate?
<x>::= following
2-78
except AWG410
Op05
except AWG420
Op05
except AWG430
Op05
AWG510
AWG610
1
1, 2
1, 2, 3
1
1
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
Command Descriptions
OFF
ON
<space>
<NR1>
<x>
OUTPut
:
ISTate
?
Arguments
<ON> or <NR1>00 enables the CH1 output.
<OFF> or <NR1> = 0 disables the CH1 output.
At *RST, this value is set to 0 (OFF).
Examples
OUTPUT1:ISTate ON
enables the CH1 output.
OUTPut<x>[:STATe] (?)
This command controls whether the output terminal is open or closed. When the
function is OFF, the terminal is at maximum isolation from the signal.
Group
Output
Related Commands
SOURce1:COMBine:FEED
Syntax
OUTPut<x>[:STATe] { ON | OFF | <NR1> }
OUTPut<x>[:STATe]?
<x>::= following
AWG410
AWG410
Op03
AWG420
AWG420
Op03
AWG430
AWG430
Op03
AWG510
1
1, 4
1, 2
1,2,4,5
1,2,3
1,2,3,4,5 1, 7
,6
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
AWG510
Op03
AWG520
AWG520
Op03
AWG610
1,5,7
1,2,7
1,2,5,7
1
2-79
Command Descriptions
OFF
ON
<space>
<NR1>
<x>
OUTPut
:
STATe
?
Arguments
<ON> or <NR1>00 turns the output on.
<OFF> or <NR1>+0 turns the output off.
OUTPut7[:STATe] can not be set to ON when SOURce1:COMBine:FEED is
specified as SOURce7 (the noise generator).
At *RST, this value is set to 0 (OFF).
Examples
OUTPut1:STATe ON
turns the CH 1 output on.
*PSC (?)
This command sets and queries the power-on status flag that controls the
automatic power-on handling of the SRER, ESER, OENR, and QENR registers.
When *PSC is true, the registers are set to 0 at power-on. When *PSC is false, the
current values in the registers are preserved in nonvolatile memory when power
is shut off, and then are restored at power-on. For a complete discussion of the
use of these registers, refer to the Status and Event Reporting section on page
3-1.
Group
Related Commands
Syntax
Status
*ESE, *SRE, STATus:OPERation:ENABle, STATus:QUEStionable:ENABle
*PSC <NR1>
*PSC?
<NR1>
<space>
*PSC
?
Arguments
2-80
<NR1>+0 sets the power-on status clear flag to false, disables the power-on
clear, and allows the waveform generator to possibly assert SRQ after power-on.
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
Command Descriptions
<NR1>00 sets the power-on status clear flag true. Sending *PSC 1 therefore
enables the power-on status clear and prevents any SRQ assertion after poweron. Using an out-of-range value causes an execution error.
Examples
*PSC 0
sets the power-on status clear flag to false.
*PSC?
might return the value 1, showing that the power-on status clear flag is set to
true.
*RST (No Query Form)
This command resets the waveform generator to the default state. This command
has no effect on the network and communication settings, such as GPIB or IP
address. Refer to Appendix E: Factory Initialization Settings.
Group
Related Commands
Syntax
System
SYSTem:SECurity:IMMediate
*RST
*RST
Arguments
Examples
None
*RST
resets the instrument.
[SOURce<x>]:COMBine:FEED (?)
AWG400/500 series Only
Adds the signal from the noise generator or the external input to the CH 1
output, or opens these addition lines to the CH 1 output.
Group
Related Commands
Source
OUTPut7:STATe
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
2-81
Command Descriptions
Syntax
[SOURce1]:COMBine:FEED { "SOURce7" | "SOURce8" | "" }
(AWG400/500 series)
SOURce2:COMBine:FEED { "SOURce9" | "SOURce10" | "" }
(AWG420/430)
SOURce3:COMBine:FEED { "SOURce11" | "SOURce12" | "" }
(AWG430)
[SOURce[1|2|3]:]COMBine:FEED?
SOURce
<x>
:
COMBine
:
FEED
”SOURceX”
<space>
””
?
Arguments
SOURce1:
SOURce7
SOURce8
""(null)
SOURce2:
SOURce9
SOURce10
""(null)
SOURce3:
SOURce11
SOURce12
""(null)
adds the signal from the noise generator to the CH 1 output.
adds the signal from the external input to the CH 1 output.
opens the noise generator output line or the external input line to
the CH 1 output, i.e. adds no signal.
adds the signal from the noise generator to the CH 2 output.
adds the signal from the external input to the CH 2 output.
opens the noise generator output line or the external input line to
the CH 2 output, i.e. adds no signal.
adds the signal from the noise generator to the CH 3 output.
adds the signal from the external input to the CH 3 output.
opens the noise generator output line or the external input line to
the CH 3 output, i.e. adds no signal.
At *RST, the parameter is set to "" (null).
Examples
SOURce1:COMBine:FEED "SOURce7"
adds noise to the CH 1 output. Then,
SOURce1:COMBine:FEED ""
opens the noise generator output line to the CH 1 output.
2-82
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
Command Descriptions
[SOURce<x>]:FREQuency[:CW|FIXed] (?)
This command sets the sampling frequency to output a waveform or pattern file.
The file is specified by the SOURce<x>:FUNCtion:USER command.
CW (Continuous Wave) and FIXed are aliases, and have the same effect.
Group
Related Commands
Syntax
Source
[SOURce<x>]:FUNCtion:USER
[SOURce<x>]:FREQuency[:CW|:FIXed] <NRf>
[SOURce<x>]:FREQuency[:CW|:FIXed]?
<x>::= following
AWG410 AWG410
Op03
AWG420
AWG420
Op03
AWG430
AWG430
Op03
AWG510
AWG510
Op03
AWG520
AWG520
Op03
AWG610
1
1, 2
1,2,4,5
1,2,3
1,2,3,4,5
,6
1
1, 5
1, 2
1,2,5
1
1, 4
CW
:
SOURce
FIXed
<x>
:
FREQuency
<space>
<NRf>
?
Arguments
In a case of AWG, SOURce1 to SOURce6 are equivalent.
<NRf> is the sampling frequency. The range is as follows.
AWG400 series : 10 kHz to 200 MHz.
AWG500 series : 50 kHz to 1 GHz.
AWG600 series : 50 kHz to 2.6 GHz.
At *RST, this value is set to 100 MHz.
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
2-83
Command Descriptions
Examples
SOURce1:FREQuency 10MHz
sets the sampling frequency to 10 MHz.
[SOURce<x>]:FUNCtion:USER (?)
This command specifies a waveform or pattern file that you created as the output
source. This command loads the file into the waveform generator’s RAM prior to
output.
Group
Related Commands
Syntax
Source
[SOURce<x>]:FREQuency[:CW|FIXed]
[SOURce<x>]:FUNCtion:USER <file_name>[,<msus>]
[SOURce<x>]:FUNCtion:USER?
<x>::= following
SOURce
AWG410 AWG410
Op03
AWG420
AWG420
Op03
AWG430
AWG430
Op03
AWG510
AWG510
Op03
AWG520
AWG520
Op03
AWG610
1
1, 2
1,2,4,5
1,2,3
1,2,3,4,5
,6
1
1, 5
1, 2
1,2,5
1
1, 4
<x>
:
FUNCtion
:
USER
,
<space>
<msus>
<file_name>
?
Arguments
In AWG400 series, SOURce1 and SOURce4, SOURce2 and SOURce5, SOURce3 and
SOURce6, are equivalent.
In AWG520Op03, SOURce2 and SOURce5 are same as each the other.
<file_name>::=<string> is the name of a waveform or pattern file to output.
<msus> (mass storage unit specifier) ::=<string> is the media on which
the file exists:
MAIN
The internal hard disk drive
FLOPpy
The internal floppy disk drive
2-84
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
Command Descriptions
NET1, NET2, or NET3
The network drive 1, 2, or 3 (specified with the
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN commands)
At *RST, this value is set to " (null).
Examples
SOURce1:FUNCtion:USER "SAMPLE1.WFM","FLOPpy"
specifies the file SAMPLE1.WFM on the floppy disk as the CH 1 output source.
[SOURce<x>]:MARKer[1|2]:DELay (?)
AWG500/600 series Only
This command sets the marker output delay referenced to the continuous clock
output for a specified channel.
Group
Source
Syntax
[SOURce<x>]:MARKer[1|2]:DELay <NRf>
[SOURce<x>]:MARKer[1|2]:DELay?
<x>::= following
SOURce
AWG510
AWG510
Op03
AWG520
AWG520
Op03
AWG610
1
1, 5
1, 2
1, 2, 5
1
<x>
:
MARKer
<y>
:
DELay
<space>
<NRf>
?
Arguments
<NRf> is the delay time in seconds. The range is as follows:
AWG500 series : 0 ns to +2 ns with a resolution of 20 ps.
AWG600 series : 0 ns to +1.5 ns with a resolution of 100 ps.
At *RST, this value is set to 0.
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
2-85
Command Descriptions
Examples
SOURce1:MARKer1:DELay 500ps
sets the delay of marker1 to 500 ps for CH 1 output.
[SOURce<x>]:MARKer[1|2]:VOLTage[:LEVel][:IMMediate]:HIGH (?)
AWG500/600 series Only
This command sets the high level for the marker output.
Group
Related Commands
Syntax
Source
[SOURce<x>]:MARKer[1|2]:VOLTage[:LEVel][:IMMediate]:LOW
[SOURce<x>]:MARKer[1|2]:VOLTage[:LEVel][:IMMediate]:HIGH <NRf>
[SOURce<x>]:MARKer[1|2]:VOLTage[:LEVel][:IMMediate]:HIGH?
<x>::= following
SOURce
AWG510
AWG510
Op03
AWG520
AWG520
Op03
AWG610
1
1, 5
1, 2
1, 2, 5
1
<x>
:
:
LEVel
MARKer
:
<y>
IMMediate
:
VOLTage
:
HIGH
<space>
<NRf>
?
Arguments
<NRf> is the high level voltage of the marker output. Note that the high level
must be larger than the low level. The range is as follows:
AWG500 series : –2.0 V to 2.0 V (into 50 W) with a resolution of 0.05 V.
AWG600 series : –1.1 V to 3.0 V (into 50 W) with a resolution of 0.05 V. Note
that the diference between high and low level is restricted to within 2.5 V.
At *RST, this value is set to 2 V.
Examples
2-86
SOURce1:MARKer1:VOLTage:LEVel:IMMediate:HIGH 1.2
sets the high level of the marker 1 output on CH 1 to 1.2 V.
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
Command Descriptions
[SOURce<x>]:MARKer[1|2]:VOLTage[:LEVel][:IMMediate]:LOW (?)
AWG500/600 series Only
This command sets the low level voltage for the marker output.
Group
Related Commands
Syntax
Source
[SOURce<x>]:MARKer[1|2]:VOLTage[:LEVEL][:IMMediate]:HIGH
[SOURce<x>]:MARKer[1|2]:VOLTage[:LEVEL][:IMMediate]:LOW <NRf>
[SOURce<x>]:MARKer[1|2]:VOLTage[:LEVEL][:IMMediate]:LOW?
<x>::= following
SOURce
AWG510
AWG510
Op03
AWG520
AWG520
Op03
AWG610
1
1, 5
1, 2
1, 2, 5
1
<x>
:
:
LEVel
MARKer
:
<y>
IMMediate
:
VOLTage
:
LOW
<space>
<NRf>
?
Arguments
<NRf> is the low level voltage of the marker output. Note that the high level
must be larger than the low level. The range is as follows:
AWG500 series : –2.0 V to 2.0 V (into 50 W) with a resolution of 0.05 V.
AWG600 series : –1.1 V to 3.0 V (into 50 W) with a resolution of 0.05 V. Note
that the diference between high and low level is restricted to within 2.5 V.
At *RST, this value is set to 0.
Examples
SOURce1:MARKer1:VOLTage:LEVel:IMMediate:LOW -1.2
sets the low level voltage of the marker 1 output on CH 1 to –1.2 V.
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
2-87
Command Descriptions
SOURce<x>:POWer[:LEVel][:IMMediate][:AMPLitude] (?)
AWG400/500 series Only
Sets the level of the noise generator output, in dBm/Hz.
Group
Source
Syntax
SOURce<x>:POWer[:LEVel][:IMMediate][:AMPLitude] <NRf>
SOURce<x>:POWer[:LEVel][:IMMediate][:AMPLitude]?
<x>::= following
SOURce
<x>
AWG410
AWG420
AWG430
AWG510
AWG520
7
7, 9
7, 9, 11
7
7
:
POWer
:
LEVel
:
AMPLitude
:
IMMediate
<space>
<NRf>
?
Arguments
<NRf> is the noise output level.
AWG400 series :
The range is –140 to –95 dBm/Hz in 1 dB step.
The range is –130 to –95 dBm/Hz in 1 dB step.(opt05, Single act)
AWG500 series :
The range is –145 to –105 dBm/Hz in 1 dB step.
At *RST, this value is set to –95 dBm/Hz(AWG400 series) or –105 dBm/Hz
(AWG500 series).
Examples
2-88
SOURce7:POWer:LEVel:IMMediate:AMPLitude -120
sets the level of the noise generator output to –120 dBm/Hz.
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
Command Descriptions
[SOURce<x>]:ROSCillator:SOURce (?)
This command selects the reference oscillator.
Group
Source
Syntax
[SOURce<x>]:ROSCillator:SOURce { INTernal | EXTernal }
[SOURce<x>]:ROSCillator:SOURce?
<x>::= following
SOURce
AWG410
AWG410
Op03
AWG420
AWG420
Op03
AWG430
AWG430
Op03
AWG510
1
1, 4
1, 2
1,2,4,5
1,2,3
1,2,3,4,5 1
,6
AWG510
Op03
AWG520
AWG520
Op03
AWG610
1, 5
1, 2
1,2,5
1
<x>
:
ROSCillator
:
SOURce
INTernal
<space>
EXTernal
?
Arguments
Suffix 1 through 6 are same.
INTernal means that the referenece frequency is derived from the internal
precision oscillator.
EXTernal means the referenece frequency is derived from an external signal
supplied through the Reference Clock Input connector.
At *RST, this parameter is set to INTernal.
Examples
SOURce1:ROSCillator:SOURce EXTernal
selects the external clock source.
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
2-89
Command Descriptions
SOURce[2|3|5|6]:SKEW (?)
AWG400 series Only
This command sets the skew.
Group
Source
Syntax
SOURce[2|3|5|6]:SKEW <NRf>
SOURce[2|3|5|6]:SKEW?
<space>
:
<x>
SOURce
<NRf>
SKEW
?
Arguments
<NRf> is the skew:
The range is –2.52ns to 2.52ns, in 70ps steps.
Examples
SOURce2:SKEW 2.52ns
sets the skew of CH 2 to 2.52ns.
[SOURce<x>]:VOLTage[:LEVel][:IMMediate][:AMPLitude] (?)
This command sets the actual magnitude of the output signal.
Group
Source
Related Commands
[SOURce<x>]:VOLTage[:LEVel][:IMMediate]:OFFSet
Syntax
[SOURce<x>]:VOLTage[:LEVel][:IMMediate][:AMPLitude] <NRf>
[SOURce<x>]:VOLTage[:LEVel][:IMMediate][:AMPLitude]?
<x>::= following
2-90
AWG410
AWG420
AWG430
AWG510
AWG520
AWG610
1
1, 2
1, 2, 3
1
1, 2
1
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
Command Descriptions
SOURce
<x>
:
VOLTage
LEVel
:
:
:
AMPLitude
IMMediate
<space>
<NRf>
?
Arguments
<NRf> is the amplitude:
Range(AWG500/600 series)
20 mV to 2.0 V (into 50 W), in 1 mV steps.
In AWG600 series, note that when DOUT is set to 1 (ON), the range is 20 mV to
1.0 V.
Range(AWG400 series, Differential, Normal)
20 mV to 2.0 V (into 50 W), in 1 mV steps.
Range(AWG400 series, Differential, Low dist.)
20 mV to 0.5 V (into 50 W), in 1 mV steps.
Range(AWG400 series opt05, Single act, Normal)
20 mV to 5.0 V (into 50 W), in 1 mV steps.
Range(AWG400 series opt05, Single act, Low dist.)
20 mV to 0.5 V (into 50 W), in 1 mV steps.
At *RST, this value is set to 1 V.
Examples
SOURce1:VOLTage:LEVel:IMMediate:AMPLitude 230mV
sets the amplitude of CH 1 waveform to 230 mV.
SOURce5:VOLTage[:LEVel][:IMMediate]:HIGH (?)
AWG500 series Only
This command sets the high level of the signal from the pattern generator
(SOURce5, Option 03). This command is used in conjunction with
SOURce5:VOLTage[:LEVel][:IMMediate]:LOW.
Group
Related Commands
Syntax
Source
SOURce5:VOLTage[:LEVel][:IMMediate]:LOW
SOURce5:VOLTage[:LEVel][:IMMediate]:HIGH <NRf>
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
2-91
Command Descriptions
SOURce5:VOLTage[:LEVel][:IMMediate]:HIGH?
SOURce
<x>
:
VOLTage
:
LEVel
:
:
IMMediate
HIGH
<space>
<NRf>
?
Arguments
<NRf> is the high level of the pattern generator output.
The range is –2.0 V to +2.0 V in 1mV steps.
At *RST, this value is set to 2 V.
Examples
SOURce5:VOLTage:LEVel:IMMediate:HIGH 230mV
sets the high level of the pattern generator output to 230 mV.
SOURce5:VOLTage[:LEVel][:IMMediate]:LOW (?)
AWG500 series Only
This command sets the low level of the signal from the pattern generator
(SOURce5, Option 03). This command is used in conjunction with
SOURce5:VOLTage[:LEVel][:IMMediate]:HIGH.
Group
Related Commands
Syntax
Source
SOURce5:VOLTage[:LEVel][:IMMediate]:HIGH
SOURce5:VOLTage[:LEVel][:IMMediate]:LOW <NRf>
SOURce5:VOLTage[:LEVel][:IMMediate]:LOW?
2-92
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
Command Descriptions
SOURce
<x>
:
VOLTage
:
LEVel
:
:
IMMediate
LOW
<space>
<NRf>
?
Arguments
<NRf> is the low level of the pattern generator output in volts.
The range is –2.0 V to +2.0 V in 1 mV steps.
At *RST, this value is set to 0.
Examples
SOURce5:VOLTage:LEVel:IMMediate:LOW -230mV
sets the low level of the pattern generator output to –230 mV.
[SOURce<x>]:VOLTage[:LEVel][:IMMediate]:OFFSet (?)
This command sets the non-time-varying component of the signal that is added
to SOURce1 (CH 1), SOURce2 (CH 2), or SOURce3 (CH 3).
Group
Source
Related Commands
[SOURce<x>]:VOLTage[:LEVel][:IMMediate][:AMPLitude]
Syntax
[SOURce<x>]:VOLTage[:LEVel][:IMMediate]:OFFSet <NRf>
[SOURce<x>]:VOLTage[:LEVel][:IMMediate]:OFFSet?
<x>::= following
AWG410
AWG420
AWG430
AWG510
AWG520
AWG610
1
1, 2
1, 2, 3
1
1, 2
1
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
2-93
Command Descriptions
SOURce
<x>
:
VOLTage
:
:
LEVel
:
OFFSet
IMMediate
<space>
<NRf>
?
Arguments
<NRf> is the offset voltage.
The range(AWG500/600 series) is –1.000 V to +1.000 V, in 1 mV steps.
The range(AWG400 series, Complementary, Normal) is
–1.000 V to +1.000 V, in 1 mV steps.
The range(AWG400 series, Complementary, Low Dist.) is
No offset.
The range(AWG400 series opt05, Single end, Normal) is
–2.500 V to +2.500 V, in 1 mV steps.
The range(AWG400 series opt05, Single end, Low Dist.) is
No offset.
At *RST, this value is set to 0.
Examples
SOURce1:VOLTage:LEVel:IMMediate:OFFSet 50mV
sets the offset voltage of the CH 1 output to 50 mV.
*SRE (?)
This command sets and queries the bits in the Service Request Enable Register
(SRER). For a complete discussion of the use of these registers, refer to the
Status and Events section of this manual.
Group
Related Commands
Syntax
Status
*CLS, *ESE, *ESR?, *PSC, *STB?
*SRE <NR1>
*SRE?
<space>
<NR1>
*SRE
?
2-94
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
Command Descriptions
Arguments
Examples
<NR1> is a value in the range from 0 to 255. The binary bits of the SRER are set
according to this value. Using an out-of-range value causes an execution error.
The power-on default for SRER is 0 if *PSC is 1. If *PSC is 0, the SRER
maintains its value through a power cycle.
*SRE 48
sets the bits in the SRER to the binary value 00110000.
*SRE?
might return a value of 32, showing that the bits in the SRER have the binary
value 00100000.
STATus:OPERation:CONDition? (Query Only)
This command returns the contents of the Operation Condition Register (OCR).
For more information on registers, refer to the Status and Events section of this
manual.
Group
Related Commands
Syntax
Status
STATus:OPERation:ENABle, STATus:OPERation[:EVENt]?
STATus:OPERation:CONDition?
STATus
Arguments
Returns
Examples
:
OPERation
:
CONDition
?
None
<NR1> indicates that the content of the OCR in a decimal number.
STATus:OPERation:CONDition?
might return 32, which indicates that the OCR contains the binary number
00000000 00100000, and the instrument is waiting for trigger.
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
2-95
Command Descriptions
STATus:OPERation:ENABle (?)
This command sets the enable mask for the Operation Enable Register (OENR).
For more information on registers, refer to the Status and Events section of this
manual.
Group
Related Commands
Syntax
Status
STATus:OPERation:CONDition?, STATus:OPERation[:EVENt]?
STATus:OPERation:ENABle <NR1>
STATus:OPERation:ENABle?
<space>
STATus
:
OPERation
:
<NR1>
ENABle
?
Arguments
Returns
Examples
<NR1> is the enable mask for the OENR. The range is 0 to 65535.
<NR1> indicates that the content of the OENR in a decimal number.
STATus:OPERation:ENABle 1
sets the CALibrating bit in the OENR to “enable”.
STATus:OPERation:ENABle?
might return 1 which indicates that the OENR contains the binary number
00000000 00000001, and the CAL bit is set to “enable”.
STATus:OPERation[:EVENt]? (Query Only)
This command returns the contents of the Operation Event Register (OEVR) and
clears it. For more information on registers, refer to the Status and Events section
of this manual.
Group
Related Commands
Syntax
2-96
Status
STATus:OPERation:CONDition?, STATus:OPERation:ENABle
STATus:OPERation[:EVENt]?
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
Command Descriptions
STATus
Returns
Examples
:
OPERation
:
EVENt
?
<NR1> indicates the content of the OEVR in a decimal number.
STATus:OPERation:EVENt?
might return 1, which indicates that the OEVR contains the binary number
00000000 00000001, and the CAL bit is set.
STATus:PRESet (No Query Form)
This command presets the SCPI enable registers OENR and QENR. For more
information on registers, refer to the Status and Events section of this manual.
Group
Status
Syntax
STATus:PRESet
STATus
Arguments
Examples
:
PRESet
None
STATus:PRESet
presets the SCPI enable registers.
STATus:QUEStionable:CONDition? (Query Only)
This command returns the contents of the Questionable Condition Register
(QCR). For more information on registers, refer to the Status and Events section
of this manual.
Group
Related Commands
Syntax
Status
STATus:QUEStionable:ENABle, STATus:QUEStionable[:EVENt]?
STATus:QUEStionable:CONDition?
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
2-97
Command Descriptions
STATus
Returns
Examples
:
QUEStionable
:
?
CONDition
<NR1> indicates that the content of the QCR in a decimal number.
STATus:QUEStionable:CONDition?
might return 32, which indicates that the QCR contains the binary number
00000000 00100000, and the accuracy of frequency is questionable.
STATus:QUEStionable:ENABle (?)
This command sets the enable mask for the Questionable Enable Register
(QENR). For more information on registers, refer to the Status and Events
section of this manual.
Group
Related Commands
Syntax
Status
STATus:QUEStionable:CONDition?, STATus:QUEStionable[:EVENt]?
STATus:QUEStionable:ENABle <NR1>
STATus:QUEStionable:ENABle?
<space>
STATus
:
QUEStionable
:
<NR1>
ENABle
?
Arguments
Returns
Examples
<NR1> is the content of the QENR. The range is 0 to 65535.
<NR1> indicates that the content of the QENR in a decimal number.
STATus:QUEStionable:ENABle #H20
sets the FREQuency bit in the QENR to “enable”.
STATus:QUEStionable:ENABle?
might return 32, which indicates that the QENR contains the binary number
00000000 00100000, and the FREQ bit is set to “enable.”
2-98
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
Command Descriptions
STATus:QUEStionable[:EVENt]? (Query Only)
This command returns the contents of the Questionable Event Register (QEVR)
and clears it. For more information on registers, refer to the Status and Events
section of this manual.
Group
Related Commands
Syntax
Status
STATus:QUEStionable:CONDition?, STATus:QUEStionable:ENABle
STATus:QUEStionable[:EVENt]?
STATus
Returns
Examples
:
:
QUEStionable
?
EVENt
<NR1> indicates that the contents of the QEVR in a decimal number.
STATus:QUEStionable:EVENt?
might return 32, which indicates that the QEVR contains the binary number
00000000 00100000, and the FREQ bit is set”.
STATus:QUEue[:NEXT]? (Query Only)
AWG500/600 series Only
This command returns the next item from the error/event queue and removes that
item from the queue. Operation is identical to that of the SYSTem:ERRor? query.
Refer to the Status and Events section of this manual for more details.
Group
Related Commands
Syntax
Status
SYSTem:ERRor?
STATus:QUEue[:NEXT]?
STATus
Returns
:
EVENt
:
NEXT
?
<Error/event number>,"<Error/event description>
[;<Device dependent info>]"
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
2-99
Command Descriptions
where
<Error/event number> is an integer between –32768 and 32767.
0 indicates that no error or event has occurred.
Positive values are error/event numbers determined by this instrument.
Negative values are error/event numbers reserved in SCPI standards.
<Error/event description> is a message relating to the error/event number.
<Device dependent info> is more detailed information relating to the
error/event number.
Examples
STATus:QUEue:NEXT?
might return the following response:
-102,"Syntax error;possible invalid suffix - :SOUR:FREQ 2V"
In this case, the unit is invalid.
*STB? (Query Only)
This command returns the contents of the Status Byte Register (SBR) using the
Master Summary Status (MSS) bit. For a complete discussion of the use of these
registers, refer to the Status and Events section of this manual.
Group
Related Commands
Syntax
Status
*CLS, *ESE, *ESR?, *SRE
*STB?
*STB
Arguments
Returns
Examples
2-100
?
None
<NR1> indicates that the content of the SBR in a decimal number.
*STB?
might return 96, which indicates that the SBR contains the binary number
0110 0000.
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
Command Descriptions
SYSTem:BEEPer[:IMMediate] (No Query Form)
This command causes the waveform generator to emit an audible tone.
SYSTem
Group
System
Syntax
SYSTem:BEEPer[:IMMediate] [<frequency>[,<time>[,<volume>]]]
BEEPer
:
:
<space>
Arguments
<frequency>
,
<time>
,
<volume>
The following parameters are available, but are ignored:
<frequency>
<time>
<volume>
Examples
IMMediate
The pitch of audible tones
The duration of audible tones
The volume of audible tones
SYSTem:BEEPer:IMMediate
turns on a beep sound.
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:DHCP[:CLIent]:LEASe:TIME (?)
AWG400 series Only
This command sets the IP address lease time of the DHCP client function.
Group
System
Syntax
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:DHCP[:CLIent]:LEASe:TIME <NR1>
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:DHCP[:CLIent]:LEASe:TIME?
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
2-101
Command Descriptions
SYSTem
:
:
COMMunicate
:
LAN
DHCP
<space>
:
:
CLIent
LEASe
:
<NR1>
TIME
?
Arguments
<NR1> – lease time. The range is 30 to 86400, unit is ”s”.
At *RST, this value is set to 28800.
Examples
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:DHCP:CLIent:LEASe:TIME 7200
sets the lease time to 7200sec.
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:DHCP[:CLIent][:STATe] (?)
AWG400 series Only
This command turns on or off the DHCP client function.
Group
System
Syntax
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:DHCP[:CLIent][:STATe] { ON | OFF |<NR1>}
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:DHCP[:CLIent][:STATe]?
SYSTem
:
COMMunicate
:
:
LAN
DHCP
OFF
<space>
ON
<NR1>
:
CLIent
:
STATe
?
Arguments
OFF or <NR1>+0 turns off the DHCP client function.
ON or <NR1>00 turns on the DHCP client function.
*RST has no effect on the value.
2-102
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
Command Descriptions
Examples
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:DHCP:CLIent:STATe ON
sets the DHCP client function to on.
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:FTP[:SERVer][:STATe] (?)
This command turns on or off the FTP (File Transfer Protocol) server function.
Group
System
Syntax
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:FTP[:SERVer][:STATe] { ON | OFF |<NR1>}
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:FTP[:SERVer][:STATe]?
SYSTem
:
COMMunicate
:
:
LAN
FTP
OFF
<space>
ON
<NR1>
:
SERVer
:
STATe
?
Arguments
OFF or <NR1>+0 turns off the FTP server function.
ON or <NR1>00 turns on the FTP server function.
*RST has no effect on the value.
Examples
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:FTP:SERVer:STATe ON
sets the FTP server function on.
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:FTP[:SERVer]:VERSion (?)
This command changes the version of the FTP (File Transfer Protocol) server.
Group
System
Syntax
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:FTP[:SERVer]VERSion[:STATe] { STANdard |
OBSolete}
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:FTP[:SERVer]:VERSion?
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
2-103
Command Descriptions
SYSTem
:
COMMunicate
:
:
LAN
FTP
STANdard
OBSolete
<space>
:
SERVer
:
VERSion
?
Arguments
STANdar change the FTP server version to standard.
OBSolete change the FTP server version to obsolete(program version 2.x).
*RST has no effect on the value.
Examples
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:FTP:SERVer:VERSion OBSolete
sets the FTP server version to obsolete.
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:GATeway[1|2|3]:ADDRess (?)
This command sets the IP address of the gateway when you communicate with
the AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator from anywhere
other than the local network segment.
Group
System
Syntax
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:GATeway[1|2|3]:ADDRess
<net_address>,<ip_address>
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:GATeway[1|2|3]:ADDRess?
SYSTem
:
COMMunicate
:
:
LAN
<space>
GATeway
<net_address>
,
<x>
<ip_address>
ADDRess
?
Arguments
<net_address>::=<string> is the network address.
<ip_address>::=<string> is the IP address of the gateway.
*RST has no effect on the value.
2-104
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
Command Descriptions
Examples
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:GATeway1:ADDRess "91.0.0.0","90.0.0.2"
sets the IP address of gateway 1 to 90.0.0.2 on the net 91.0.0.0.
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:NFS:TLIMit (?)
This command sets the NFS timeout.
Group
System
Syntax
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:NFS:TLIMit <NR1>
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:NFS:TLIMit?
SYSTem
:
COMMunicate
:
:
LAN
<space>
NFS
<x>
<NR1>
TLIMit
?
Arguments
<NR1> is the NFS timeout. The range is 25 to 300, the unit is “sec”.
At *RST, the parameter is set to 300.
Examples
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:NFS:TLIMit 60
sets the NFS timeout to 60 sec.
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:PING? (Query Only)
This command executes the ping test, and sends the ICMP ECHO_REQUEST
packet to a specified IP address.
Group
Related Commands
Syntax
System
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:GATeway:ADDRess
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN[:SELF]:ADDRess
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:GATeway:PING? <ip_address>
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
2-105
Command Descriptions
SYSTem
:
communicate
:
:
LAN
PING
?
<space>
Arguments
Returns
<ip_address>
<ip_address>::=<string> is the IP address to be tested.
<NR1>=1 indicates there was a response to the ECHO_REQUEST packet.
<NR1>=0 indicates there was no response to the ECHO_REQUEST packet.
Examples
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:PING? "2.199.55.1"
might return a 1, indicating that there was a response from the host 2.199.55.1.
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:RDEVice[1|2|3]:ADDRess (?)
This command sets the IP address of the remote host. The host corresponds to
“NET<x>” in the menu display. (You can change this name by using the
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:RDEVice<x>:NAME command.)
Group
Related Commands
Syntax
System
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:RDEVice[1|2|3]:FSYStem
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:RDEVice[1|2|3]:NAME
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:RDEVice[1|2|3]:ADDRess <ip_address>
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:RDEVice[1|2|3]:ADDRess?
SYSTem
:
communicate
:
:
LAN
<x>
RDEVice
<space>
<ip_address>
ADDRess
?
Arguments
<ip_address>::=<string> is the IP address of the remote host.
*RST has no effect on the value.
Examples
2-106
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:RDEVice1:ADDRess "2.199.55.1"
sets the IP address of the remote host 1 (NET1) to 2.199.55.1.
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
Command Descriptions
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:RDEVice[1|2|3]:FSYStem (?)
This command sets the mount directory on a specified remote host.
Group
Related Commands
Syntax
SYSTem
:
System
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:RDEVice[1|2|3]:ADDRess
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:RDEVice[1|2|3]:FSYStem <directory_name>
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:RDEVice[1|2|3]:FSYStem?
communicate
:
:
LAN
<x>
RDEVice
FSYStem
<space>
<directory_name>
?
Arguments
<directory_name>::=<string> is the mount directory on the remote host.
*RST has no effect on the value.
Examples
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:RDEVice1:FSYStem "/AWG/SAMPLE"
sets the mount directory to /AWG/SAMPLE on the remote host 1 (NET1).
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:RDEVice[1|2|3]:NAME (?)
This command sets the name of a specified remote host. The factory default
name is “NET<x>”, which may be displayed on the waveform generator menu.
You can change the displayed host name using this command.
Group
Related Commands
Syntax
System
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:RDEVice[1|2|3]:ADDRess
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:RDEVice[1|2|3]:NAME <host_name>
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:RDEVice[1|2|3]:NAME?
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
2-107
Command Descriptions
SYSTem
:
communicate
:
:
LAN
<x>
RDEVice
<space>
<host_name>
NAME
?
Arguments
<host_name>::=<string> is the name of the remote host. The name must be
ten characters or less.
*RST has no effect on the parameter.
Examples
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:RDEVice1:NAME "HOST1"
sets the name of the remote host 1 to HOST1.
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:RDEVice[1|2|3]:PROTocol (?)
This command selects the protocol of communication with the remote host. For
this application, however, the protocol is fixed to NFS (Network File System),
and this command exists only for compatibility.
Group
Related Commands
Syntax
System
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:RDEVice[1|2|3]:ADDRess
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:RDEVice[1|2|3]:PROTocol NFS
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:RDEVice[1|2|3]:PROTocol?
SYSTem
:
communicate
:
:
LAN
:
<x>
RDEVice
PROTocol
NFS
<space>
?
Arguments
NFS selects the NFS protocol. This is fixed.
*RST has no effect on this parameter.
Examples
2-108
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:RDEVice1:PROTocol NFS
selects the NFS protocol.
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
Command Descriptions
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:RDEVice[1|2|3][:STATe] (?)
This command turns the LAN communication (Remote host’s directory mount of
NFS protocol) on or off, using the remote host.
Group
Related Commands
Syntax
System
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:RDEVice[1|2|3]:ADDRess
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:RDEVice[1|2|3][:STATe] { ON | OFF |<NR1>}
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:RDEVice[1|2|3][:STATe]?
SYSTem
:
communicate
:
:
LAN
RDEVice
<x>
OFF
<space>
ON
<NR1>
:
STATe
?
Arguments
OFF or <NR1>+0 turns off the LAN communication with the remote host.
ON or <NR1>00 turns on the LAN communication with the remote host.
*RST has no effect on the value.
Examples
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:RDEVice1:STATe ON
turns on LAN communication with the remote host.
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN[:SELF]:ADDRess (?)
This command sets the IP address of the AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary
Waveform Generator.
NOTE. You must set the IP address of the AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary
Waveform Generatorin order to use its LAN functions. If you specify “” (null)
for the IP address, the LAN functions do not work.
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
2-109
Command Descriptions
Group
Related Commands
Syntax
System
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN[:SELF]:SMASk
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN[:SELF]:ADDRess <ip_address>
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN[:SELF]:ADDRess?
SYSTem
:
communicate
:
:
LAN
:
SELF
ADDRess
<ip_address>
<space>
?
Arguments
<ip_address>::=<string> is the IP address of the AWG400/500/600 Series
Arbitrary Waveform Generator.
*RST has no effect on the value.
Examples
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:SELF:ADDRess "2.199.55.1"
sets the IP address of the AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform
Generator.
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN[:SELF]:MADDress? (Query Only)
AWG400 series Only
This command returns the MAC address.
SYSTem
:
Group
System
Syntax
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN[:SELF]:MADDress?
communicate
:
:
LAN
:
Arguments
2-110
SELF
MADDress
?
<string> is the MAC address.
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
Command Descriptions
Examples
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:SELF:MADDress?
might return the following response:
"XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX"
This response indicates the MAC address.
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN[:SELF]:SMASk (?)
This command sets the subnet mask of the AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary
Waveform Generator.
Group
Related Commands
Syntax
System
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN[:SELF]:ADDRess
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN[:SELF]:SMASk <ip_mask>
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN[:SELF]:SMASk?
SYSTem
:
communicate
:
LAN
:
SELF
SMASk
<ip_mask>
<space>
?
Arguments
<ip_mask>::=<string> is the subnet mask of the AWG400/500/600 Series
Arbitrary Waveform Generator.
*RST has no effect on the value.
Examples
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:SELF:SMASk "255.0.0.0"
sets the subnet mask to 255.0.0.0 for the AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary
Waveform Generator.
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
2-111
Command Descriptions
SYSTem:DATE (?)
This command sets the date for the AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator operating system.
Group
System
Syntax
SYSTem:DATE <year>,<month>,<day>
SYSTem:DATE?
SYSTem
:
DATE
<year>
,
<month>
,
<day>
?
Arguments
<year>::=<NRf> must be entered as a four-digit number.
<month>::=<NRf> ranges 1 to 12.
<day>::=<NRf> ranges 1 to 31.
The range (AWG400 series)
:2001.1.1 – 2099.12.31
The range (AWG500/600 series):1997.1.1 – 2095.12.31
<NRf> is rounded to the nearest integer.
*RST has no effect on the value.
Examples
2-112
SYSTem:DATE 2001,10,31
sets the date.
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
Command Descriptions
SYSTem:ERRor? (Query Only)
AWG500/600 series Only
This command retrieves and returns error data from the Error and Event Queue.
For more details, refer to the Status and Event section of this manual.
Group
Related Commands
Syntax
System
STATus:QUEue[:NEXT]?
SYSTem:ERRor?
SYSTem
Arguments
Returns
:
ERRor
?
None
<error/event_number>,
"<error/event_description>[;<device_dependent_info>]"
where:
<error/event_number> is an integer between –32768 and 32767.
0 indicates that no error or event has occurred.
Positive values are error/event numbers determined by this instrument.
Negative values are error/event numbers reserved in SCPI standards.
<error/event_description> is a message relating to the error/event number.
<device_dependent_info> is more detailed information relating to the
error/event number.
Examples
SYSTem:ERRor:NEXT?
might return the following response:
–102,”Syntax error;possible invalid suffix – :SOUR:FREQ 2V”
This response indicates that the unit is invalid.
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
2-113
Command Descriptions
SYSTem:ERRor[:NEXT]? (Query Only)
AWG400 series Only
This command retrieves and returns error data from the Error and Event Queue.
For more details, refer to the Status and Event section of this manual.
Group
System
Syntax
SYSTem:ERRor[:NEXT]?
SYSTem
Arguments
Returns
:
ERRor
:
NEXT
?
None
<error/event_number>,
"<error/event_description>[;<device_dependent_info>]"
where:
<error/event_number> is an integer between –32768 and 32767.
0 indicates that no error or event has occurred.
Positive values are error/event numbers determined by this instrument.
Negative values are error/event numbers reserved in SCPI standards.
<error/event_description> is a message relating to the error/event number.
<device_dependent_info> is more detailed information relating to the
error/event number.
Examples
SYSTem:ERRor:NEXT?
might return the following response:
–102,”Syntax error;possible invalid suffix – :SOUR:FREQ 2V”
This response indicates that the unit is invalid.
2-114
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
Command Descriptions
SYSTem:KDIRrection (?)
This command determines the direction the cursor moves in response to the
general purpose knob.
Group
System
Syntax
SYSTem:KDIRection { FORWard | BACKward }
SYSTem:KDIRection?
FORWard
<space>
BACKward
SYSTem
:
KDIRection
?
Arguments
FORWard means the cursor moves to the right when the general purpose knob
turns clockwise.
BACKward means the cursor moves to the left when the general purpose knob
turns clockwise.
At *RST, the parameter is set to FORWard.
Examples
SYSTem:KDIRection BACKward
makes the cursor move to the left when you turn the general purpose knob
clockwise.
SYSTem:KEYBoard[:TYPE] (?)
This command selects the type of keyboard that connects to the
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator.
Group
System
Syntax
SYSTem:KEYBoard[:TYPE] { ASCii | JIS }
SYSTem:KEYBoard[:TYPE]?
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
2-115
Command Descriptions
ASCii
<space>
JIS
SYSTem
:
:
KEYBoard
TYPE
?
Arguments
ASCii selects the ASCII 101-key keyboard.
JIS selects the JIS 106-key keyboard.
At *RST, the parameter is set to ASCii.
Examples
SYSTem:KEYBoard:TYPE JIS
selects the JIS 106-key keyboard.
SYSTem:KLOCk (?)
This command locks or unlocks the front panel and keyboard. Use this command
to disable manual operation while the waveform generator is being controlled
externally. If the front panel and keyboard are not explicitly locked out using this
command, the waveform generator accepts input from both the external
controller and the front panel and keyboard.
Push CLEAR MENU(front–panel) twice to change from lock to unlock.
Group
System
Syntax
SYSTem:KLOCk { ON | OFF | <NR1> }
SYSTem:KLOCk?
OFF
SYSTem
:
KLOCk
ON
<space>
<NR1>
?
Arguments
OFF or <NR1>+0 unlocks controls of the front panel and keyboard.
ON or <NR1>00 locks controls of the front panel and keyboard.
*RST has no effect on the parameter.
Returns
2-116
<NR1>+0 indicates the front panel and keyboard are unlocked.
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
Command Descriptions
<NR1>+1 indicates the front panel and keyboard are locked.
Examples
SYSTem:KLOCk ON
locks the front panel and keyboard.
SYSTem:KLOCk?
might return 1, which indicates that the front panel and keyboard are locked.
SYSTem:SECurity:IMMediate (No Query Form)
This command immediately destroys all waveform generator data and settings.
Current settings are initialized to their *RST values.
NOTE. This command erases all information on the internal hard disk
(“MAIN”).
Group
Related Commands
Syntax
System
*RST
SYSTem:SECurity:IMMediate
SYSTem
Arguments
Examples
:
SECurity
:
IMMediate
None.
SYSTem:SECurity:IMMediate
destroys all waveform generator data and settings.
SYSTem:TIME (?)
This command sets the internal clock.
Group
Related Commands
System
SYSTem:DATE
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
2-117
Command Descriptions
Syntax
SYSTem:TIME <hour>,<minute>,<second>
SYSTem:TIME?
SYSTem
:
<hour>
TIME
,
<minute>
,
<second>
?
Arguments
<hour>,<minute>,<second>
<hour>::=<NRf> ranges 0 to 23.
<minute>::=<NRf> ranges 0 to 59.
<second>::=<NRf> ranges 0 to 59.
It is always rounded to the nearest integer.
Examples
SYSTem:TIME 11,23,58
sets the time.
SYSTem:UPTime? (Query Only)
This command queries how much time has elapsed from the generator power-on.
Group
System
Syntax
SYSTem:UPTime?
SYSTem
Returns
:
UPTime
?
<hour>,<minute>,<second>
where
<hour>::=<NR1> ranges 0 to 23.
<minute>::=<NR1> ranges 0 to 59.
<second>::=<NR1> ranges 0 to 59.
Examples
2-118
SYSTem:UPTime?
might return 3,18,52, which indicates 3 hours 18 minutes and 52 seconds have
elapsed after you powered on the waveform generator.
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
Command Descriptions
SYSTem:VERSion? (Query Only)
This command returns the SCPI version number with the waveform generator
complies.
Group
System
Syntax
SYSTem:VERSion?
SYSTem
Returns
Examples
:
VERSion
?
<NR2>::=YYYY.V
where YYYY represents the year version and V represents an approved revision
number for that year.
SYSTem:VERSion?
might return 1999.0.
*TRG (No Query Form)
This command generates a trigger event. This command is equivalent to the
TRIGger[:SEQuence][:IMMediate] command or pressing the FORCE
TRIGGER button on the front panel.
Group
Related Commands
Syntax
Trigger
TRIGger[:SEQuence][:IMMediate]
*TRG
*TRG
Arguments
Examples
None
*TRG
generates a trigger event.
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
2-119
Command Descriptions
TRIGger[:SEQuence][:IMMediate] (No Query Form)
This command generates a trigger event. This command is equivalent to the
*TRG command or pressing the FORCE TRIGGER button on the front panel.
Group
Related Commands
Syntax
Trigger
*TRG
TRIGger[:SEQuence][:IMMediate]
:
TRIGger
Arguments
Examples
:
SEQuence
IMMediate
None
TRIGger:SEQuence:IMMediate
generates the trigger event.
TRIGger[:SEQuence]:IMPedance (?)
This command selects the impedance of the external trigger input.
Group
Trigger
Syntax
TRIGger[:SEQuence]:IMPedance <NRf>
TRIGger[:SEQuence]:IMPedance?
TRIGger
:
SEQuence
:
IMPedance
<space>
<NRf>
?
Arguments
<NRf> is 50 (50 W) or 1e3 (1 kW).
At *RST, the value is set to 1 kW.
Examples
2-120
TRIGger:SEQuence:IMPedance 50
selects 50 W impedance for the external trigger input.
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
Command Descriptions
TRIGger[:SEQuence]:LEVel (?)
This command sets the trigger level on the selected SOURce.
Group
Related Commands
Syntax
Trigger
TRIGger[:SEQuence]:SOURce
TRIGger[:SEQuence]:LEVel <NRf>
TRIGger[:SEQuence]:LEVel?
TRIGger
:
SEQuence
:
LEVel
<space>
<NRf>
?
Arguments
<NRf> is the trigger level. The range is –5.0 V to +5.0 V, in 0.1 V steps.
At *RST, the value is set to 1.4 V.
Examples
TRIGger:SEQuence:LEVel 200mV
sets the trigger level to 200 mV.
TRIGger[:SEQuence]:POLarity (?)
This command selects the polarity relative to the trigger level that is required to
activate the gate signal. This command is effective only when the waveform
generator is in the gated mode.
Group
Related Commands
Syntax
Trigger
AWGControl:RMODe, TRIGger[:SEQuence]:LEVel
TRIGger[:SEQuence]:POLarity { Positive | Negative }
TRIGger:POLarity?
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
2-121
Command Descriptions
Positive
<space>
Negative
:
TRIGger
SEQuence
:
POLarity
?
Arguments
Positive means the gate signal is activated when the external trigger signal is
greater (more Positive) than the trigger level.
Negative means the gate signal is activated when the external trigger signal is
less (more Negative) than the trigger level.
At *RST, the parameter is set to Positive.
Examples
TRIGger[:SEQuence]:POLarity Negative
selects the Negative polarity.
TRIGger[:SEQuence]:SLOPe (?)
This command determines whether the event occurs on the the rising edge or
falling edge of the external trigger signal.
Group
Trigger
Related Commands
TRIGger[:SEQuence]:SOURce
Syntax
TRIGger[:SEQuence]:SLOPe { Positive | Negative }
TRIGger[:SEQuence]:SLOPe?
Positive
<space>
Negative
TRIGger
:
SEQuence
:
SLOPe
?
Arguments
Positive means the event occurs on the rising edge of the external trigger
signal.
Negative means the event occurs on the falling edge of the external trigger
signal.
At *RST, the parameter is set to Positive.
2-122
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
Command Descriptions
Examples
TRIGger:SEQuence:SLOPe Negative
selects the Negative slope.
TRIGger[:SEQuence]:SOURce (?)
This command selects the trigger source.
Group
Trigger
Related Commands
TRIGger[:SEQuence]:LEVel, TRIGger[:SEQuence]:POLarity,
TRIGger[:SEQuence]:SLOPe, TRIGger[:SEQuence]:TIMer
Syntax
TRIGger[:SEQuence]:SOURce { INTernal | EXTernal }
TRIGger[:SEQuence]:SOURce?
INTernal
<space>
EXTernal
TRIGger
:
SEQuence
:
SOURce
?
Arguments
INTernal selects the internal clock as the trigger source.
EXTernal selects the external trigger input as the trigger source.
At *RST, the parameter is set to EXTernal.
Examples
TRIGger:SEQuence:SOURce INTernal
selects the internal clock as the trigger source.
TRIGger[:SEQuence]:TIMer (?)
This command sets the period of the internal clock when you select the internal
clock as the trigger source with the TRIGger[:SEQuence]:SOURce command.
Group
Related Commands
Trigger
TRIGger[:SEQuence]:SOURce
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
2-123
Command Descriptions
Syntax
TRIGger[:SEQuence]:TIMer <NRf>
TRIGger[:SEQuence]:TIMer?
:
TRIGger
SEQuence
:
TIMer
<space>
<NRf>
?
Arguments
<NRf> is the internal trigger rate. The range is 1.0 ms to 10.0 s.
At *RST, this value is set to 100 ms.
Examples
TRIGger:SEQuence:TIMer 5ms
sets the internal trigger rate to 5 ms.
*TST? (Query Only)
This command performs the selftest and returns the results. If an error is detected
during selftest, execution is stopped immediately.
NOTE. This command takes several minutes to complete the self test, the
waveform generator will not respond to any commands and queries during this
time.
Group
Related Commands
Syntax
Diagnostic
*CAL?, CALibration[:ALL], DIAGnostic[:IMMediate]
*TST?
*TST
Arguments
Returns
None
<NR1>
0
–330
2-124
?
Terminated without error.
Selftest failed.
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
Command Descriptions
Examples
*TST?
might return –330 indicating the selftest failed.
*WAI (No Query Form)
This command prevents the waveform generator from executing further
commands or queries until all pending operations finish.
In AWG400/500/600 series and in this application, all commands are designed to
be executed in the order in which they are sent from the external controller. The
*WAI command is included to ensure compliance with the SCPI standard. You do
not need to use this command.
Group
Synchronization
Related Commands
*OPC
Syntax
*WAI
*WAI
Arguments
Examples
None
*WAI
prevents the execution of any commands or queries until all pending operations
complete.
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
2-125
Command Descriptions
2-126
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
Retrieving Response Messages
When a query command is sent from the external controller, the waveform
generator places a response message on the output queue. To retrieve this
response message you must perform a retrieval operation through the external
controller. For example, you can call the IBRD subroutine with the National
Instruments drivers for the GPIB interface (see Figure 2–9).
ÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎ
ÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎ
ÎÎÎÎÎÎÎ
ÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎ
ÎÎÎÎÎÎÎ
ÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎ
ÎÎÎÎÎÎÎ
ÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎ
ÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎ
ÎÎÎÎ
ÎÎÎÎ
ÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎ
ÎÎÎÎ
ÎÎÎÎ
ÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎ
ÎÎÎÎ
ÎÎÎÎ
ÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎ
ÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎ
ÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎ
Waveform Generator
External Controller
Query
SOURce:FREQuency?
Command Execution
Controller
Queuing
Retrieve Operation
CALL IBRD
Response Message
1.000
Output
Queue
Output
Queue
Controller
Figure 2-9: Retrieving response messages
Before a response message is placed in the output queue, the previous response
message, if any, is deleted. Thus, if a second query occurs before the first
response message is retrieved, the first response message will be lost.
The SBR (status byte register) MAV bit can be used to check the response
message queuing state. Refer to the Status and Events section in this manual for
more information about the output queue, SBR, and control methods.
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
2-127
Retrieving Response Messages
2-128
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
Data Transfer
You can transfer data between the waveform generator and external devices
through the GPIB and Ethernet LAN interface. This section describes required
data formats and transfer procedures.
Data File
The waveform generator uses these file types:
H
The Waveform file contains waveform data in single precision floating point
format.
H
The Pattern file contains waveform data in binary format.
H
The Sequence file defines the output sequence.
H
The Equation file uses numeric formulas to describe the output waveform.
H
The Code Convert file contains the Code Convert Table.
During front panel operation, the waveform generator creates these files
automatically; when you remotely operate the waveform generator, you must
create these files through editing or programming according to the formats
described in the topics that follow.
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
2-129
Data Transfer
About Waveform and Pattern Files
To output a wave form you can load both the Waveform and Pattern file. When
you load a Waveform file, it is converted and stored to waveform memory with
these digital patterns:
H
For the AWG400 series, a 16 bit digital pattern.
H
For the AWG500 series, a 10 bit digital pattern.
H
For the AWG600 series, an 8 bit digital pattern.
The instrument stores data in the Pattern file to waveform memory without
conversion.
The difference between these two files is the internal format and the editor. The
Waveform file format is composed of a 4-byte Little Endian format specified in
IEEE488.2 floating point numbers, and 1-byte of marker data (see page 2–131
for format details). The Pattern file format is composed of 3-bytes (AWG400
series), or 2-bytes (AWG500/600 series), including data and markers (see page
2–132 for format details).
Guidelines for using files
Following are some guidelines for choosing either the Waveform file or Pattern
file to ouput waveforms.
H
Select a Pattern file to shorten the transfer time when you do not need to
perform further edits or operations in the instrument. Although both files are
the same data length, the volume of the Pattern file is always less than the
volume of the Waveform file.
H
Use a Waveform file when you use waveform data to generate another
waveform with a mathematical operation. The Waveform file format retains
the data precision required for mathematical operations.
For more details about file formats, refer to Data Transfer section in one of these
manuals:
AWG410 & AWG420 & AWG430 Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual
AWG510 & AWG520 Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual
AWG610 Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual.
2-130
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
Data Transfer
Waveform File
The Waveform file contains waveform data in single precision floating-point
numbers and marker data.
File Format. The Waveform file consists of three main parts (see Figure 2–10).
Header
Body
Trailer
MAGIC 1000<CR><LF>#<Num_digit><Num_bytes><Data(1)><Data(2)> ... <Data(n)>[CLOCK <Clock><CR><LF>]
Transfer direction
Figure 2-10: The Waveform file format
<Waveform File>::=<Header><Body>[<Trailer>]
where:
<Header>::=MAGIC<space>1000<CR><LF>
<Body>::=#<Num_digits><Num_bytes><Data(1)><Data(2)>...<Data(n)>
<Num_digits> is the number of digits in <Num_bytes>.
<Num_bytes> is the byte count of the data that follows.
<Data(n)>::=<Waveform><Marker>
<Waveform> is the single precision floating-point number of 4-byte
Little Endian format specified in IEEE488.2. The full scale of the D/A
converter of the waveform generator corresponds to –1.0 to 1.0.
<Marker> is one byte of marker data. The bit 0 (LSB) and bit 1 represent
markers 1 and 2, respectively.
<Trailer>::=CLOCK<space><Clock><CR><LF>
<Clock> is the value of the sample clock in ASCII.
Example. This example shows the contents of a Waveform file that contains two
point data.
4D
00
31
0D
41 47 49 43 20 31 30 30 30 0D 0A 23 32 31 30
00 00 00 03 00 00 00 00 00 43 4C 4F 43 4B 20
2E 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 65 2B 30 38
0A
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
MAGIC 1000..#210
...........CLOCK
1.0000000000E+08
..
2-131
Data Transfer
Pattern File
The Pattern file contains waveform data in binary format.
File Format. The data consists of three main parts (see Figure 2–11).
Header
Sequence definition
Option
MAGIC 200X<CR><LF>#<Num_digit><Num_bytes><Data(1)><Data(2)> ... <Data(n)>[CLOCK <Clock><CR><LF>]
Transfer direction
Figure 2-11: The Pattern File format
<Pattern File>::=<Header><Body>[<Trailer>]
where:
AWG400 series:
<Header>::=MAGIC<space>2003<CR><LF>
AWG500/600 series:
<Header>::=MAGIC<space>2000<CR><LF>
<Body>::=#<Num_digits><Num_bytes><Data(1)><Data(2)>...<Data(n)>
<Num_digits> is the number of digits in <Num_bytes>.
<Num_bytes> is the byte count of the data that follows.
<Data(n)>
In the AWG400 series, this represents each data point in two bytes (16
bits: Data0 through Data15) and one byte (8 bits: Marker1 and Marker2),
total three bytes (24 bits). Two bytes of Data0 through Data15, the low
byte is transferred first.
Bits 0 through 15 are:
DIGITAL OUTPUT: used for D0 – D15 of ”CMOS Output Pod
P4116”
ANALOG OUTPUT: used for Bit 0 (LSB) – Bit 15 (MSB)
Bits 1 and 2 of the next one byte are MARKER1 and MARKER2 of the
rear panel.
In the AWG500/600 series, this represents each data point in two bytes
(16 bits). The low byte is transferred first.
Bits 0 (LSB) – 9 are D0 – D9 of the rear panel. (In AWG600 series, Bits
2 (LSB) – 9 are D0 – D7).
2-132
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
Data Transfer
Bits 13 and 14 are used for Markers 1 and 2, respectively.
Bits 10 through 12, and 15 are unused and must be 0 (zero).
<Trailer>::=CLOCK<space><Clock><CR><LF>
<Clock> is the value of the sample clock in ASCII.
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
2-133
Data Transfer
Sequence File
The Sequence file defines the output sequence in ASCII format.
File Format. The data consists of three main parts (see Figure 2–12).
Header
Sequence Definition
Optional Information
MAGICĂĂ300X<CR><LF>LINESĂĂ<N><Line(1)>...<Line(n)>[<Table_jump_table>|<Logic_jump_table>|<Jump_mode>|<Jump_timing>|<Strobe>]
Transfer direction
Figure 2-12: The Sequence File format
<Sequence File>
::=<Header><Sequence Definition>[<Optional Information>]
where:
<Header>::=MAGIC<space>300x<CR><LF>
x=1, 2, or 3 represents the number of channels for which sequences are
defined in the file.
<Sequence Definition>
::=LINES<space><N><Line(1)><Line(2)>...<Line(n)>
<N> is the number of lines that follow.
For MAGIC 3003:
<Line(n)>::=<CH1_file_name>,<CH2_file_name>,<CH3_file_name>,
<Repeat_count>
[,<Wait_trigger>[<Goto-1>[,<Logic_jump_target>]]]<CR><LF>
For MAGIC 3002:
<Line(n)>::=<CH1_file_name>,<CH2_file_name>,<Repeat_count>
[,<Wait_trigger>[<Goto-1>[,<Logic_jump_target>]]]<CR><LF>
For MAGIC 3001:
<Line(n)>::=<CH1_file_name>,<Repeat_count>
[,<Wait_trigger>[<Goto-1>[,<Logic_jump_target>]]]<CR><LF>
<CHx_file_name>::=<string> is the waveform or pattern file name for
the specified channel.
<Repeat_count>::=<NR1> is the repeat count for the line. 0 (zero) is
infinity.
2-134
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
Data Transfer
<Wait_trigger>::=<NR1> specifies whether or not to wait for a trigger.
<NR1>+0 is Off, 00 is On.
<Goto-1>::=<NR1> specifies whether or not to go to the next line.
<NR1>+0 is Off, 00 is On.
<Logic_jump_target>::=<NR1> is line number for the Logic-Jump.
0 is Off, –1 is Next, and –2 is Table-Jump. The default is Off.
<Optional Information>
::={ <Table_jump_table> | <Logic_jump_table> | <Jump_mode> |
<Jump_timing> | <Strobe> }
<Table_jump_table>
::=TABLE_JUMP<space><Jump_target(1)>,<Jump_target(2)>,
...<Jump_target(16)><CR><LF>
<Jump_target(n)>::=<NR1> is the line number to the Table-Jump
or 0 (Off). The default is Off.
<Logic_jump_table>
::=LOGIC_JUMP<space><Jump_on/off(1)>,<Jump_on/off(2)>,
<Jump_on/off(3)>,<Jump_on/off(4)><CR><LF>
<Jump_on/off(n)>::=<NR1> sets the Logic-Jump on or off.
<NR1>+0 is Off, 0> is On, and <0 is Ignore. The default is Ignore.
<Jump_mode>::=JUMP_MODE<space>{ LOGIC | TABLE | SOFTWARE }
<CR><LF>
sets the jump mode. The default is TABLE.
<Jump_timing>::=JUMP_TIMING<space>{ SYNC | ASYNC }<CR><LF>
sets the jump mode. The default is ASYNC.
<Strobe>::=STROBE<space><NR1><CR><LF> determines whether or not to
use the STROBE signal from the EVENT IN connector on the rear panel.
<NR1>+0 is Off, 00 is On. The default is Off.
Example. This Sequence file contains two lines of sequence definitions for CH 1.
MAGIC 3001
LINES 2
"SAMPLE1.wfm",1,0,0,0
"SAMPLE3.wfm",1,0,0,0
TABLE_JUMP 0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0
LOGIC_JUMP -1,-1,-1,-1
JUMP_MODE TABLE
JUMP_TIMING ASYNC
STROBE 0
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
2-135
Data Transfer
Example. This Sequence file contains two lines of sequence definitions for CH 1
and CH 2.
MAGIC 3002
LINES 2
"SAMPLE1.wfm","SAMPLE2.wfm",1,0,0,0
"SAMPLE3.wfm","SAMPLE4.wfm",1,0,0,0
TABLE_JUMP 0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0
LOGIC_JUMP -1,-1,-1,-1
JUMP_MODE TABLE
JUMP_TIMING ASYNC
STROBE 0
Equation File
The Equation file describes the numerical formula that defines the output
waveform in ASCII format.
File Format. The Equation file consists of ASCII characters (see Figure 2–13).
<Line(1)><CR><LF><Line(2)><CR><LF><Line(3)><CR><LF> ... <Line(n)><CR><LF>
Transfer direction
Figure 2-13: The Equation File format
<Line(n)> represents each line of the Equation file. From single (’) quotation
marks to the end of the line is a comment. Characters enclosed in double (”)
quotation marks are a character string.
Detailed information about the functions and operators that can be used to
describe the Equation file, refer to one of these manuals:
AWG410 & AWG420 & AWG430 Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual
AWG510 & AWG520 Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual
AWG610 Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual.
Example. This Equation file describes the log sweep waveform.
'frequency sweep sine (log)
clock=800e6
size=8800
k0=11e-6
'sweep period
k1=1e6
'starting frequency
k2=10e6
'ending frequency
k3=log(k2/k1)
"log_swp.wfm"=sin(2*pi*k1*k0/k3*(exp(k3*scale)-1))
2-136
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
Data Transfer
Code Convert File
The Code Convert file is an ASCII text file that describes the Code Convert
Table as displayed in the Edit menu.
File Format. The Code Convert file consists of bit pattern definitions (see
Figure 2–14).
Sequence of bit pattern definitions
<Bit_pattern(1)><Bit_pattern(2)> ... <Bit_pattern(n)>
Transfer direction
Figure 2-14: The Code Convert File format
<Code Convert File>::=<Bit_pattern(1)><Bit_pattern(2)> ...
<Bit_pattern(n)>
where:
<Bit_pattern(n)>::=[<Past Source>,<Current Source>,
<Next Source>,<Past Output>,<Output Code><CR><LF>]
<Past Source>, <Current Source>, <Next Source>, <Past Output>,
and <Output Code> specifies the bit patterns in the Code Convert Table.
The bit pattern is specified with “0”, “1”, and “–” (don’t care).
For more information about the Code Convert Table, refer to one of these
manuals:
AWG410 & AWG420 & AWG430 Arbitrary Waveform Generator User
Manual
AWG510 & AWG520 Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual
AWG610 Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual.
Example. This Code Convert file describes NRZI conversion.
-,0---,,0,0
-,0---,,1,1
-,0---,,0,1
-,0---,,1,0
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
2-137
Data Transfer
Data Transfer Procedures
Data can be loaded from the external controller to the waveform generator or
from the waveform generator to the external controller through the GPIB
interface, or through the Ethernet interface.
Controller
GPIB
AWG
ÁÁ
ÁÁ
Remote host
(Controller)
Ethernet LAN
External Device to
Waveform Generator
Use the following command to transfer data from the external controller to the
waveform generator:
MMEMory:DATA <file_name>,<data>
This command downloads <data> into the file <file_name> on the internal hard
disk, floppy disk, or the network drive. The default directory and mass memory
device are specified by the MMEMory:CDIRectory and MMEMory:MSIS commands
respectively. The <data> is in IEEE488.2 block format.
For example, the following command string will load 2048 bytes of data to the
file AWG1.
MMEMory:DATA "AWG1",#42048<data(1)><data(2)>...<data(2048)>
2-138
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
Data Transfer
Waveform Generator to
External Device
Use the following command to transfer data from the waveform generator to the
external controller.
MMEMory:DATA? <file_name>
This command uploads the file <file_name> on the internal hard disk, floppy
disk, or the network drive. The response format is in IEEE488.2 block format.
For example, the following command string will upload the file FILE-AWG on
the waveform generator to the external controller.
MMEMory:DATA? "FILEĆAWG"
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
2-139
Data Transfer
2-140
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
Status and Events
Status and Event Reporting
This section provides details about the status information and events the
waveform generator reports.
Status Reporting Structure
The waveform generator status reporting functions conform to IEEE-488.2 and
SCPI standards. Use the status reporting function to check for instrument errors
and to identify the types of events that have occurred on the instrument.
Figure 3–1 is a diagram of the instrument’s status reporting function. The status
reporting function is separated into three functional blocks:
H
Standard/Event Status
H
Operation Status
H
Questionable Status
The operations processed in these three blocks are summarized in status bytes,
which provide the error and event data.
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
3-1
Status and Event Reporting
Questionable StatusĂBlock
0
1
2
3
4
FREQuency 5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Questionable Condition Register (QCR)
Questionable Event Register (QEVR)
Questionable Enable Register (QENR)
CALibrating
Output
Queue
Operation Status Block
0
1
2
3
4
Waiting for TRIGger 5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Operation Condition Register (OCR)
Operation Event Register (OEVR)
Operation Enable Register (OENR)
Standard/Event Status Block
OperationĂComplete
RequestĂControl
QueryĂError
DeviceĂDependentĂError
ExecutionĂError
CommandĂError
UserĂRequest
PowerĂOn
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Standard Event Status Register (SESR)
Event Status Enable Register (ESER)
Error/Event
Queue
Status Byte
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Status Byte Register (SBR)
Service Request Enable Register (SRER)
Figure 3-1: Error and Event handling process overview
3-2
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
Status and Event Reporting
Standard/Event Status
Block
This block is used to report power on/off, command error, and command
execution status.
The block has two registers: the Standard Event Status Register (SESR) and the
Event Status Enable Register (ESER). Refer to the Standard/Event Status Block
shown at the bottom of Figure 3–1 on page 3–2.
The SESR is an eight-bit status register. When an error or other type of event
occurs on the instrument, the corresponding bit is set. You cannot write to this
register. The ESER is an eight-bit enable register that masks the SESR. You can
set this mask, and take AND with the SESR to determine whether or not the
ESB bit in the Status Byte Register (SBR) should be set. Refer to Event Status
Enable Register (ESER) on page 3–8, and Standard Event Status Register
(SESR) on page 3–6, for the contents of these registers.
Operation Status Block
This block is used to report on the status of several operations being executed by
the waveform generator.
The block is made up of three registers: the Operation Condition Register
(OCR), the Operation Event Register (OEVR) and the Operation Enable Register
(OENR). Refer to the Operation Status Block shown in the middle of Figure 3–1
on page 3–2.
When the instrument achieves a certain status, the corresponding bit is set to the
OCR. You cannot write to this register. OCR bits that have changed from false
(reset) to true (set) status are set in the OEVR. The function of the OENR is to
mask the OEVR. You can set this mask and take AND with the OEVR to
determine whether or not the OSS bit in the Status Byte Register (SBR) should
be set. Refer to Operation Condition Register (OCR) on page 3–7, Operation
Event Register (OEVR) on page 3–7, and Operation Enable Register (OENR)
on page 3–9, for the contents of these registers.
Questionable Status Block
This block reports on the status of signals and data, such as the accuracy of
entered data and signals generated by the instrument. The register configuration
and process flow are the same as for the Questionable Status Block. Refer to
Questionable Condition Register (QCR) on page 3–7, Questionable Event
Register (QEVR) on page 3–8, and Questionable Enable Register (QENR) on
page 3–9, for the contents of these registers.
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
3-3
Status and Event Reporting
Registers
There are two main types of registers:
H
Status Registers: store data relating to instrument status. These registers are
set by the waveform generator.
H
Enable Registers: determine whether to set events that occur in the
instrument to the appropriate bits in the status registers and event queues.
You can set this register.
Status Registers
There are six types of status registers:
H
Status Byte Register (SBR)
H
Standard Event Status Register (SESR)
H
Operation Condition Register (OCR)
H
Operation Event Register (OEVR)
H
Questionable Condition Register (QCR)
H
Questionable Event Register (QEVR)
Read the contents of these registers to determine errors and conditions.
3-4
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
Status and Event Reporting
Status Byte Register
(SBR)
The SBR is made up of 8 bits. Bits 4, 5 and 6 are defined in accordance with
IEEE Std 488.2-1987 (see Figure 3–2 and Table 3–1). These bits are used to
monitor the output queue, SESR, and service requests, respectively. The contents
of this register are returned when the *STB? query is used.
6
RQS 5
4
3
2
1
OSS 6
ESB MAV QSS EAV Ċ
MSS
7
0
Ċ
Figure 3-2: The Status Byte Register (SBR)
Table 3-1: SBR bit functions
Bit
Function
7
Operation Summary Status (OSS).
6
RQS (Request Service)/MSS (Master Summary Status). When the instrument
is accessed using the GPIB serial poll command, this bit is called the Request
Service (RQS) bit and indicates to the controller that a service request has
occurred (in other words, that the GPIB bus SRQ line is LOW). The RQS bit is
cleared when serial poll ends.
When the instrument is accessed using the *STB? query, this bit is called the
Master Summary Status (MSS) bit and indicates that the instrument has issued
a service request for one or more reasons. The MSS bit is never cleared to 0 by
the *STB? query.
5
Event Status Bit (ESB). This bit indicates whether or not a new event has
occurred after the previous Standard Event Status Register (SESR) has been
cleared or after an event readout has been performed.
4
Message Available Bit (MAV). This bit indicates that a message has been
placed in the output queue and can be retrieved.
3
Questionable Summary Status (QSS).
2
Event Queue Available (EAV).
1-0
Not used
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
3-5
Status and Event Reporting
Standard Event Status
Register (SESR)
The SESR is made up of 8 bits. Each bit records the occurrence of a different
type of event, shown in Figure 3–3 and Table 3–2. The contents of this register
are returned when the *ESR? query is used.
7
6
PON Ċ
5
4
3
2
1
Ċ
CME EXE DDE QYE
0
OPC
Figure 3-3: The Standard Event Status Register (SESR)
Table 3-2: SESR bit functions
3-6
Bit
Function
7
Power On (PON). Indicates that the power to the instrument is on.
6
Not used.
5
Command Error (CME). Indicates that a command error has occurred while
parsing by the command parser was in progress.
4
Execution Error (EXE). Indicates that an error occurred during the execution of
a command. Execution errors occur for one of the following reasons:
H
A value designated in the argument is outside the allowable range of the
instrument, or is in conflict with the capabilities of the instrument
H
The command could not be executed properly because the conditions for
execution differed from those essentially required
3
DeviceĆSpecific Error (DDE). An instrument error has been detected.
2
Query Error (QYE). Indicates that a query error has been detected by the
output queue controller. Query errors occur for one of the following reasons:
H
An attempt was made to retrieve messages from the output queue,
despite the fact that the output queue is empty or in pending status.
H
The output queue messages have been cleared despite the fact that they
have not been retrieved.
1
Not used.
0
Operation Complete (OPC). This bit is set with the results of the execution of
the *OPC command. It indicates that all pending operations have been
completed.
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
Status and Event Reporting
Operation Condition
Register (OCR)
15
The OCR is made up of 16 bits, which record the occurrence of three types of
events, shown in Figure 3–4 and Table 3–3.
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
TRIG
3
2
1
0
CAL
Figure 3-4: The Operation Condition Register (OCR)
Table 3-3: OCR bit functions
Operation Event Register
(OEVR)
Questionable Condition
Register (QCR)
15
Bit
Function
15Ă-Ă6
Not used.
5
Waiting for Trigger (TRIG). Indicates whether the instrument is waiting for a
trigger. This bit is set when CH 1 or another channel is waiting for a trigger. It is
reset when the waitingĆforĆtrigger status is canceled.
4-Ă1
Not used.
0
Calibration (CAL): Indicates whether the instrument is being calibrated. This bit
is set when calibration is in progress and is reset when calibration ends.
In this instrument, this register has the same content as the Operation Condition
Register (OCR), described above.
The QCR is made up of 16 bits, which note the occurrence of only one type of
event, as explained below.
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
FREQ
3
2
1
0
Figure 3-5: The Questionable Condition Register (QCR)
Table 3-4: QCR bit functions
Bit
Function
15Ă-Ă6
Not used. Must be set to zero for the waveform generator operation.
5
Frequency (FREQ). Indicates whether frequency accuracy of the signal is of
questionable quality.
4-0
Not used. Must be set to zero for the waveform generator operation.
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
3-7
Status and Event Reporting
Questionable Event
Register (QEVR)
This register holds the same content as the Questionable Condition Register
(QCR).
Enable Registers
There are four types of enable registers:
H
Event Status Enable Register (ESER)
H
Service Request Enable Register (SRER)
H
Operation Enable Register (OENR)
H
Questionable Enable Register (QENR)
Each bit in the enable registers corresponds to a bit in the controlling status
register. By setting and resetting the bits in the enable register, you can determine
whether or not events that occur will be registered to the status register and
queue.
Event Status Enable
Register (ESER)
The ESER is made up of bits defined exactly the same as bits 0 through 7 in the
SESR register (see Figure 3–6). You can use this register to designate whether or
not the SBR ESB bit should be set when an event has occurred, and to determine
if the corresponding SESR bit is set.
To set the SBR ESB bit (when the SESR bit has been set), set the ESER bit
corresponding to that event. To prevent the ESB bit from being set, reset the
ESER bit corresponding to that event.
Use the *ESE command to set the bits of the ESER. Use the *ESE? query to read
the contents of the ESER.
7
6
PON
Ċ
5
4
3
2
1
CME EXE DDE QYE Ċ
0
OPC
Figure 3-6: The Event Status Enable Register (ESER)
Service Request Enable
Register (SRER)
The SRER is made up of bits defined exactly the same as bits 0 through 7 in the
SBR (see Figure 3–7). You can use this register to define which events will
generate service requests.
The SRER bit 6 cannot be set. Also, the RQS is not maskable.
3-8
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
Status and Event Reporting
The generation of a service request with the GPIB interface involves changing
the SRQ line to LOW, and making a service request to the controller. The result
is that a status byte for which an RQS has been set is returned in response to
serial polling by the controller.
Use the *SRE command to set the bits of the SRER. Use the *SRE? query to read
the contents of the SRER. Bit 6 must be set to 0.
7
OSS
6
Ċ
5
4
3
2
1
ESB MAV QSS EAV Ċ
0
Ċ
Figure 3-7: The Service Request Enable Register (SRER)
Operation Enable Register
(OENR)
The OENR is made up of bits that are defined exactly the same as bits 0 through
15 in the OEVR register (see Figure 3–8). The operator uses this register to
define whether or not the OSS bit in the SBR is set when an event occurs and the
corresponding OEVR bit is set.
Use the STATus:OPERation:ENABle command to set the bits in the OENR. Use
the STATus:OPERation:ENABle? query to read the contents of the OENR.
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
TRIG
3
2
1
0
CAL
Figure 3-8: The Operation Enable Register (OENR)
Questionable Enable
Register (QENR)
The QENR is made up of bits that are defined exactly the same as bits 0 through
15 in the QEVR register (see Figure 3–9). You can use this register to define
whether the QSS bit in the SBR is set when an event occurs and the corresponding QEVR bit is set.
Use the STATus:QUEStionable:ENABle command to set the bits in the QENR.
Use the STATus:QUEStionable:ENABle? query to read the contents of the
QENR.
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
FREQ
3
2
1
0
Figure 3-9: The Questionable Enable Register (QENR)
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
3-9
Status and Event Reporting
Queues
There are two types of queues in the status reporting system: output queues and
error/event queues.
Output Queue
The output queue is a FIFO (first-in, first-out) queue that holds response
messages to queries awaiting retrieval. When there are messages in the queue,
the SBR MAV bit is set.
The output queue is emptied each time a command or query is received, so the
controller must read the output queue before the next command or query is
issued. If this is not done, an error occurs and the output queue is emptied;
however, the operation proceeds even if an error occurs.
Error/Event Queue
The event queue is a FIFO queue, which stores events as they occur in the
instrument. If more than 64 events are stored, the 64th event is replaced with
event code –350 (“Queue Overflow”).
The oldest error code and text are retrieved by using one of the following
queries:
H
SYSTem:ERRor[:NEXT]?
First, issue the *ESR? query to read the contents of the SESR. The contents of
the SESR are cleared after they are read. If an SESR bit is set, events are stacked
in the Error/Event Queue. Retrieve the event code with the following command
sequence:
*ESR?
SYSTem:ERRor[:NEXT]?
If you omit the *ESR? query, the SESR bit will remain set, even if the event
disappears from the Error/Event Queue.
3-10
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
Status and Event Reporting
Status and Event Processing Sequence
Operation Status Block
As illustrated in Figure 3–10 below, a signal is sent to the OEVR (1) when an
event occurs. If the corresponding bit in the OENR is also enabled (2), the OSS
bit in the SBR is set to one (3). [See Figure 3–12 on page 3–12].
1
Operation Event Register
(OEVR)
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
Read using STATus:OPERation[:EVENt]?
Cannot be written
Operation Enable Register
(OENR)
15
7
6
5
4
TRIG
3
2
1
0
CAL
7
6
5
4
TRIG
3
2
1
0
CAL
2
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
Read using STATus:OPERation:ENABle?
Write using STATus:OPERation:ENABle
3
To the OSS bit in the SBR
Figure 3-10: Status and Event processing sequence Ċ Operation status block
Questionable Status Block
As illustrated in Figure 3–11, when an event occurs, a signal is sent to the QEVR
(1). If the corresponding bit in the QENR is also enabled (2), the QSS bit in the
SBR is set to one (3). [See Figure 3–12 on on page 3–12].
1
Questionable Event Register
(QEVR)
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
Read using STATus:QUEStionable[:EVENt]?
Cannot be written
Questionable Enable Register
(QENR)
15
14
Read using STATus:QUEStionable:ENABle?
Write using STATus:QUEStionable:ENABle
7
6
5
4
FREQ
3
2
1
0
7
6
5
4
FREQ
3
2
1
0
2
13
12
11
10
9
8
3
To the QSS bit in the SBR
Figure 3-11: Status and Event processing sequence Ċ Questionable status block
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
3-11
Status and Event Reporting
Standard/Event Status
Block
As illustrated in Figure 3–12, when an event occurs, a signal is sent to the SESR
and the event is recorded in the Event Queue (1). If the corresponding bit in the
ESER is also enabled (2), the ESB bit in the SBR is set to one (3).
When output is sent to the Output Queue, the MAV bit in the SBR is set to
one (4).
When a bit in the SBR is set to one and the corresponding bit in the SRER is
enabled (5), the MSS bit in the SBR is set to one and a service request is
generated (6).
1
Standard Event Status Register
(SESR)
Read using *ESR?
Cannot be written
7
6
PON Ċ
Event Status Enable Register
(ESER)
Read using *ESE?
Write using *ESE
7
6
PON Ċ
5
4
3
2
1
CME EXE DDE QYE Ċ
2
5
4
3
2
1
CME EXE DDE QYE Ċ
3
Read using *STB?
Cannot be written
6
From the Operation
status block
7
6
OSS Ċ
0
OPC
Event
Event
Event
Event
queue
Byte
Byte
Byte
Output
queue
4
6
RQS 5
7
4
3
2
1
ESB MAV QSS EAV Ċ
OSS 6
MSS
Status Byte Register
(SBR)
Service Request Enable Register
(SRER)
Read using *SRE?
Write using *SRE
0
OPC
5
5
4
3
2
1
ESB MAV QSS EAV Ċ
0
Ċ
From the Questionable status block
0
Ċ
Figure 3-12: Status and Event processing sequence Ċ Standard/Event status block
3-12
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
Status and Event Reporting
I/O Status and Event Screen
Figure 3–13 shows the contents of the GPIB status and event reporting system
displayed on the status and event screen. Use this procedure to display the
screen:
1. Press the UTILITY menu button on the front panel. The UTILITY menu
appears on the screen.
2. Press the Status bottom menu button to display the Status submenu.
3. Press the SCPI registers side menu button to display the status and event
screen.
The status and event screen displays the registers: SESR, ESER, SBR, SRER,
OEVR, and QEVR. Each of these registers is displayed with the decimal
equivalent of its contents shown in brackets. All events currently in the queue are
listed in the Event Queue area of the display.
Figure 3-13: Status and Event screen
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
3-13
Status and Event Reporting
Synchronizing Execution
All commands used in the waveform generator are designed to be executed in the
order in which they are sent from the external controller. The following
synchronization commands are included to ensure compliance with the SCPI
standard.
*WAI
*OPC
*OPC?
Messages
Tables 3–6 through 3–15 show the codes and messages used in the status and
event reporting system.
Event codes and messages can be obtained by using the queries
SYSTem:ERRor[:NEXT]?. Responses are returned in the following format:
<event code>,"<event message>"
3-14
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
Messages and Codes
Error and event codes with negative values are SCPI standard codes. Error and
event codes with positive values are unique to the waveform generator series
number.
Table 3–5 lists event code definitions. When an error occurs, you can find its
error class by checking for its the code range in Tables 3–6 through 3–15. Events
in these tables are organized by event class.
Table 3-5: Definition of event codes
Event class
Code range
Description
No error
0
No event or status
Command errors
-100 to -199
Command syntax errors
Execution errors
-200 to -299
Command execution errors
DeviceĆspecific errors
-300 to -399
Internal device errors
Query errors
-400 to -499
System event and query errors
PowerĆon events
-500 to -599
PowerĆon events
User request events
-600 to -699
User request events
Request control events
-700 to -799
Request control events
Operation complete events
-800 to -899
Operation complete events
Extended deviceĆspecific errors
1 to 32767
Device dependent device errors
Reserved
other than above
not used
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
3-15
Messages and Codes
Command Errors
Command errors are retuned when there is a syntax error in the command.
Table 3-6: Command errors
3-16
Error code
Error message
-100
Command error
-101
Invalid character
-102
Syntax error
-103
Invalid separator
-104
Data type error
-105
GET not allowed
-108
Parameter not allowed
-109
Missing parameter
-110
Command header error
-111
Header separator error
-112
Program mnemonic too long
-113
Undefined header
-114
Header suffix out of range
-115
Unexpected number of parameters
-120
Numeric data error
-121
Invalid character in number
-123
Exponent too large
-124
Too many digits
-128
Numeric data not allowed
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
Messages and Codes
Table 3-6: Command errors (Cont.)
Error code
Error message
-130
Suffix error
-131
Invalid suffix
-134
Suffix too long
-138
Suffix not allowed
-140
Character data error
-141
Invalid character data
-144
Character data too long
-148
Character data not allowed
-150
String data error
-151
Invalid string data
-158
String data not allowed
-160
Block data error
-161
Invalid block data
-168
Block data not allowed
-170
Expression error
-171
Invalid expression
-178
Expression data not allowed
-180
Macro error
-181
Invalid outside macro definition
-183
Invalid inside macro definition
-184
Macro parameter error
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
3-17
Messages and Codes
Execution Errors
These error codes are returned when an error is detected during command
execution.
Table 3-7: Execution errors
3-18
Error code
Error message
-200
Execution error
-201
Invalid while in local
-202
Settings lost due to RTL
-203
Command protected
-210
Trigger error
-211
Trigger ignored
-212
Arm ignored
-213
Init ignored
-214
Trigger deadlock
-215
Arm deadlock
-220
Parameter error
-221
Settings conflict
-222
Data out of range
-223
Too much data
-224
Illegal parameter value
-225
Out of memory
-226
Lists not same length
-230
Data corrupt or stale
-231
Data questionable
-232
Invalid format
-233
Invalid version
-240
Hardware error
-241
Hardware missing
-250
Mass storage error
-251
Missing mass storage
-252
Missing media
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
Messages and Codes
Table 3-7: Execution errors (Cont.)
Error code
Error message
-253
Corrupt media
-254
Media full
-255
Directory full
-256
File name not found
-257
File name error
-258
Media protected
-260
Expression error
-261
Math error in expression
-270
Macro error
-271
Macro syntax error
-272
Macro execution error
-273
Illegal macro label
-274
Macro parameter error
-275
Macro definition too long
-276
Macro recursion error
-277
Macro redefinition not allowed
-278
Macro header not found
-280
Program error
-281
Cannot create program
-282
Illegal program name
-283
Illegal variable name
-284
Program currently running
-285
Program syntax error
-286
Program runtime error
-290
Memory use error
-291
Out of memory
-292
Referenced name does not exist
-293
Referenced name already exists
-294
Incompatible type
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
3-19
Messages and Codes
Device Specific Errors
These error codes are returned when an internal instrument error is detected. This
type of error can indicate a hardware problem.
Table 3-8: Device specific errors
3-20
Error code
Error message
-300
Device specific error
-310
System error
-311
Memory error
-312
PUD memory lost
-313
Calibration memory lost
-314
Save/recall memory lost
-315
Configuration memory lost
-320
Storage fault
-321
Out of memory
-330
SelfĆtest failed
-340
Calibration failed
-350
Queue overflow
-360
Communication error
-361
Parity error in program message
-362
Framing error in program message
-363
Input buffer overrun
-365
Time out error
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
Messages and Codes
Query Errors
These error codes are returned in response to an unanswered query.
Table 3-9: Query errors
Error code
Error message
-400
query error
-410
query INTERRUPTED
-420
query UNTERMINATED
-430
query DEADLOCKED
-440
query UNTERMINATED after indefinite response
PowerĆOn Events
These events occur when the instrument detects an off to on transition in its
power supply.
Table 3-10: PowerĆon events
Event code
Event message
-500
Power on
User Request Events
These events are unused in AWG.
Table 3-11: User request events
Event code
Event message
-600
User request
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
3-21
Messages and Codes
Request Control Events
This event is unused in AWG.
Table 3-12: Request control events
Event code
Event message
-700
Request control
Operation Complete Events
This event occurs when the instrument’s synchronization protocol, having been
enabled by an *OPC command, completes all selected pending operations.
Table 3-13: Operation complete events
3-22
Event code
Event message
-800
Operation complete
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
Messages and Codes
Device Errors
The error codes in Table 3–14 are unique to AWG400 series. For AWG500/600
series error codes, see Table 3–15 on 3–30.
Table 3-14: Device errors (AWG400 series)
Error code
1101
Error message
CH1 Internal Offset calibration failure
1102
CH2 Internal Offset calibration failure
1103
CH3 Internal Offset calibration failure
1104
CH1Ă Internal Offset calibration failure
1105
CH2 Internal Offset calibration failure
1106
CH3 Internal Offset calibration failure
1201
CH1 Output Offset calibration failure
1202
CH2 Output Offset calibration failure
1203
CH3 Output Offset calibration failure
1204
CH1 Output Offset calibration failure
1205
CH2 Output Offset calibration failure
1206
CH3 Output Offset calibration failure
1301
CH1 Gain calibration failure
1302
CH2 Gain calibration failure
1303
CH3 Gain calibration failure
1304
CH1 Gain calibration failure
1305
CH2 Gain calibration failure
1306
CH3 Gain calibration failure
1401
CH1 Direct Output Gain calibration failure
1402
CH2 Direct Output Gain calibration failure
1403
CH3 Direct Output Gain calibration failure
1404
CH1 Direct Output Gain calibration failure
1405
CH2 Direct Output Gain calibration failure
1406
CH3 Direct Output Gain calibration failure
1501
CH1 Direct Output Gain calibration failure
1502
CH2 Direct Output Gain calibration failure
1503
CH3 Direct Output Gain calibration failure
1504
CH1 Direct Output Gain calibration failure
1505
CH2 Direct Output Gain calibration failure
1506
CH3 Direct Output Gain calibration failure
1601
CH1 Attenuator calibration failure
1602
CH2 Attenuator calibration failure
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
3-23
Messages and Codes
Table 3-14: Device errors (AWG400 series) (Cont.)
3-24
Error code
1603
Error message
CH3 Attenuator calibration failure
1604
CH1 Attenuator calibration failure
1605
CH2 Attenuator calibration failure
1606
CH3 Attenuator calibration failure
1611
CH1 x5dB Attenuator calibration failure
1612
CH2 x5dB Attenuator calibration failure
1613
CH3 x5dB Attenuator calibration failure
1614
CH1 x5dB Attenuator calibration failure
1615
CH2 x5dB Attenuator calibration failure
1616
CH3 x5dB Attenuator calibration failure
1621
CH1 x10dB 1 Attenuator calibration failure
1622
CH2 x10dB 1 Attenuator calibration failure
1623
CH3 x10dB 1 Attenuator calibration failure
1624
CH1 x10dB 1 Attenuator calibration failure
1625
CH2 x10dB 1 Attenuator calibration failure
1626
CH3 x10dB 1 Attenuator calibration failure
1631
CH1 x10dB 2 Attenuator calibration failure
1632
CH2 x10dB 2 Attenuator calibration failure
1633
CH3 x10dB 2 Attenuator calibration failure
1634
CH1 x10dB 2 Attenuator calibration failure
1635
CH2 x10dB 2 Attenuator calibration failure
1636
CH3 x10dB 2 Attenuator calibration failure
1641
CH1 x20dB Attenuator calibration failure
1642
CH2 x20dB Attenuator calibration failure
1643
CH3 x20dB Attenuator calibration failure
1644
CH1 x20dB Attenuator calibration failure
1645
CH2 x20dB Attenuator calibration failure
1646
CH3 x20dB Attenuator calibration failure
1701
CH1 Filter calibration failure
1702
CH2 Filter calibration failure
1703
CH3 Filter calibration failure
1704
CH1 Filter calibration failure
1705
CH2 Filter calibration failure
1706
CH3 Filter calibration failure
1711
CH1 1MHz Filter calibration failure
1712
CH2 1MHz Filter calibration failure
1713
CH3 1MHz Filter calibration failure
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
Messages and Codes
Table 3-14: Device errors (AWG400 series) (Cont.)
Error code
1714
Error message
CH1 1MHz Filter calibration failure
1715
CH2 1MHz Filter calibration failure
1716
CH3 1MHz Filter calibration failure
1721
CH1 5MHz Filter calibration failure
1722
CH2 5MHz Filter calibration failure
1723
CH3 5MHz Filter calibration failure
1724
CH1 5MHz Filter calibration failure
1725
CH2 5MHz Filter calibration failure
1726
CH3 5MHz Filter calibration failure
1731
CH1 20MHz Filter calibration failure
1732
CH2 20MHz Filter calibration failure
1733
CH3 20MHz Filter calibration failure
1734
CH1 20MHz Filter calibration failure
1735
CH2 20MHz Filter calibration failure
1736
CH3 20MHz Filter calibration failure
1741
CH1 50MHz Filter calibration failure
1742
CH2 50MHz Filter calibration failure
1743
CH3 50MHz Filter calibration failure
1744
CH1 50MHz Filter calibration failure
1745
CH2 50MHz Filter calibration failure
1746
CH3 50MHz Filter calibration failure
2100
System failure
2101
RealĆtime clock power
2102
Configuration record and checksum status
2103
Incorrect configuration
2104
Memory size miscompare
2105
FixedĆdisk drive initialization status
2106
Time status
2110
Front panel failure
2111
Front panel configuration
2112
Front panel communication
2113
Front panel RAM
2114
Front panel ROM
2115
Front panel A/D
2116
Front panel timer
2700
Calibration data failure
2701
Calibration data not found
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
3-25
Messages and Codes
Table 3-14: Device errors (AWG400 series) (Cont.)
3-26
Error code
2702
Error message
Calibration data checksum
2703
Calibration data invalid
3000
Run mode failure
3100
Run mode control1 register failure
3101 to 3132
Run mode control1 register bit0 to bit31
4000
Clock failure
4100
PLL lock/unlock failure
5000
Sequence memory failure
5100
Sequence memory data bus failure
5101 to 5132
Sequence memory data bus bit0 to bit31
5200
Sequence memory address bus failure
5201 to 5224
Sequence memory address bus bit0 to bit23
5300
Sequence memory chip cell failure
5301 to 5302
Sequence memory chip 0 to chip 1
5350
Sequence memory chip select failure
5351 to 5352
Sequence memory chip select 0 to select 1
5600
Event table memory data bus failure
5601 to 5632
Event table memory data bus bit0 to bit31
5700
Event table memory address bus failure
5701 to 5704
Event table memory address bus bit0 to bit3
5800
Event table memory chip cell failure
5801 to 5802
Event table memory chip 0 to chip 1
6000
Waveform memory failure
6100
CH1 Waveform memory data bus failure
6101 to 6132
CH1 Waveform memory data bus bit0 to bit31
6200
CH1 Waveform memory address bus failure
6201 to 6224
CH1 Waveform memory address bus bit0 to bit23
6300
CH1 Waveform memory chip cell failureĂ
6301 to 6332
CH1 Waveform memory chip 0 to chip 31
6350
CH1 Waveform memory chip select failure
6351 to 6382
CH1 Waveform memory chip select 0 to select 31
6400
CH2 Waveform memory data bus failure
6401 to 6432
CH2 Waveform memory data bus bit0 to bit31
6500
CH2 Waveform memory address bus failure
6501 to 6524
CH2 Waveform memory address bus bit0 to bit23
6600
CH2 Waveform memory chip cell failureĂ
6601 to 6632
CH2 Waveform memory chip 0 to chip 31
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
Messages and Codes
Table 3-14: Device errors (AWG400 series) (Cont.)
Error code
6650
Error message
CH2 Waveform memory chip select failure
6651 to 6682
CH2 Waveform memory chip select 0 to select 31
6700
CH3 Waveform memory data bus failure
6701 to 6732
CH3 Waveform memory data bus bit0 to bit31
6800
CH3 Waveform memory address bus failure
6801 to 6824
CH3 Waveform memory address bus bit0 to bit23
6900
CH3 Waveform memory chip cell failureĂ
6901 to 6932
CH3 Waveform memory chip 0 to chip 31
6950
CH3 Waveform memory chip select failure
6951 to 6982
CH3 Waveform memory chip select 0 to select 31
7000
Output failure
7100
Internal offset failure
7101
CH1 internal offset
7102
CH2 internal offset
7103
CH3 internal offset
7104
CH1 internal offset
7105
CH2 internal offset
7106
CH3 internal offset
7200
Output offset failure
7201
CH1 output offset
7202
CH2 output offset
7203
CH3 output offset
7204
CH1 output offset
7205
CH2 output offset
7206
CH3 output offset
7300
Arb gain failure
7301
CH1 Arb gain
7302
CH2 Arb gain
7303
CH3 Arb gain
7304
CH1 Arb gain
7305
CH2 Arb gain
7306
CH3 Arb gain
7400
Direct gain failure
7401
CH1 Direct gain
7402
CH2 Direct gain
7403
CH3 Direct gain
7404
CH1 Direct gain
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
3-27
Messages and Codes
Table 3-14: Device errors (AWG400 series) (Cont.)
3-28
Error code
7405
Error message
CH2 Direct gain
7406
CH3 Direct gain
7510
5dB attenuator failure
7511
CH1 5dB attenuator
7512
CH2 5dB attenuator
7513
CH3 5dB attenuator
7514
CH1 5dB attenuator
7515
CH2 5dB attenuator
7516
CH3 5dB attenuator
7520
10dB attenuator 1 failure
7521
CH1 10dB 1 attenuator
7522
CH2 10dB 1 attenuator
7523
CH3 10dB 1 attenuator
7524
CH1 10dB 1 attenuator
7525
CH2 10dB 1 attenuator
7526
CH3 10dB 1 attenuator
7530
10dB attenuator 2 failure
7531
CH1 10dB 2 attenuator
7532
CH2 10dB 2 attenuator
7533
CH3 10dB 2 attenuator
7534
CH1 10dB 2 attenuator
7535
CH2 10dB 2 attenuator
7536
CH3 10dB 2 attenuator
7540
20dB attenuator failure
7541
CH1 20dB attenuator
7542
CH2 20dB attenuator
7543
CH3 20dB attenuator
7544
CH1 20dB attenuator
7545
CH2 20dB attenuator
7546
CH3 20dB attenuator
7610
1MHz filter failure
7611
CH1 1MHz filter
7612
CH2 1MHz filter
7613
CH3 1MHz filter
7614
CH1 1MHz filter
7615
CH2 1MHz filter
7616
CH3 1MHz filter
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
Messages and Codes
Table 3-14: Device errors (AWG400 series) (Cont.)
Error code
7620
Error message
5MHz filter failure
7621
CH1 5MHz filter
7622
CH2 5MHz filter
7623
CH3 5MHz filter
7624
CH1 5MHz filter
7625
CH2 5MHz filter
7626
CH3 5MHz filter
7630
20MHz filter failure
7631
CH1 20MHz filter
7632
CH2 20MHz filter
7633
CH3 20MHz filter
7634
CH1 20MHz filter
7635
CH2 20MHz filter
7636
CH3 20MHz filter
7640
50MHz filter failure
7641
CH1 50MHz filter
7642
CH2 50MHz filter
7643
CH3 50MHz filter
7644
CH1 50MHz filter
7645
CH2 50MHz filter
7646
CH3 50MHz filter
9111
Waveform/Sequence load error: waveform memory full
9112
Waveform/Sequence load error: invalid waveform length
9113
Waveform/Sequence load error: waveform length too short
9114
Waveform/Sequence load error: waveform length changed
9121
Sequence load error: missing file name in sequence
9122
Sequence load error: too many nesting levels
9123
Sequence load error: infinite loop in subĆsequence
9124
Sequence load error: infinite subĆsequence loop
9125
Sequence load error: max sequence elements exceeded
9126
Sequence load error: invalid jump address
9127
Sequence load error: sequence memory full
9128
Sequence load error: infinite loop and Goto One not allowed
9151
Waveform load warning: output disabled in some channels
9152
Waveform/Sequence output warning: output disabled
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
3-29
Messages and Codes
Table 3–15 lists error codes for the AWG500/600 series.
Table 3-15: Device errors (AWG500/600 series)
3-30
Error code
Error message
1101
CH1 internal offset
1102
CH1 output offset
1103
CH1 gain
1104
CH1 gain diffrence
1105
CH1 direct output gain
1111
CH1 x3dB attenuator
1112
CH1 x6dB attenuator
1113
CH1 x12dB attenuator
1114
CH1 x20dB attenuator
1115
CH1 x5dB 1 attenuator
1116
CH1 x5dB 2 attenuator
1117
CH1 x10dB 2 attenuator
1121
CH1 10MHz filter
1122
CH1 20MHz filter
1123
CH1 50MHz filter
1124
CH1 100MHz filter
1125
CH1 200MHz filter
1201
CH2 or CH1 internal offset
1202
CH2 or CH1 output offset
1203
CH2 or CH1 gain
1204
CH2 or CH1 gain difference
1205
CH2 or CH1 direct output gain
1211
CH2 or CH1 x3dB attenuator
1212
CH2 or CH1 x6dB attenuator
1213
CH2 or CH1 x12dB attenuator
1214
CH2 or CH1 x20dB attenuator
1215
CH2 or CH1 x5dB 1 attenuator
1216
CH2 or CH1 x5dB 2 attenuator
1217
CH2 or CH1 x10dB 2 attenuator
1221
CH2 or CH1 10MHz filter
1222
CH2 or CH1 20MHz filter
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
Messages and Codes
Table 3-15: Device errors (AWG500/600 series) (Cont.)
Error code
Error message
1223
CH2 or CH1 50MHz filter
1224
CH2 or CH1 100MHz filter
1225
CH2 or CH1 200MHz filter
2100
System failure
2101
RealĆtime clock power
2102
Configuration record and checksum status
2103
Incorrect configuration
2104
Memory size miscompare
2105
FixedĆdisk drive initialization status
2106
Time status
2110
Front panel failure
2111
Front panel configuration
2112
Front panel communication
2113
Front panel RAM
2114
Front panel ROM
2115
Front panel A/D
2116
Front panel timer
2301
A30 board failure
2401
Clock delay data not found
2402
Clock delay data checksum
2700
Calibration data failure
2701
Calibration data not found
2702
Calibration data checksum
2703
Calibration data invalid
3100
Control1 register failure
3101 to 3104
Control1 register bit0 to bit3
3200
Event table data bus failure
3201 to 3216
Event table data bus bit0 to bit15
3250
Event table address bus failure
3251 to 3254
Event table address bus bit0 to bit3
3300
Event table memory chip select failure
3301
Event table memory chip select 0
3302
Event table memory chip select 1
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
3-31
Messages and Codes
Table 3-15: Device errors (AWG500/600 series) (Cont.)
3-32
Error code
Error message
3350
Event table memory chip cell failure
3351
Event table memory chip 0
3352
Event table memory chip 1
4100
A40 board failure
4101
PLL 500MHz locked
4102
PLL 600MHz unlocked
4103
PLL 1350MHz unlocked
4104
PLL 1500MHz locked
4105
Low band VCO PLL error
4106
High band VCO PLL error
5100
Sequence memory data bus failure
5101 to 5116
Sequence memory data bus bit0 to bit15
5117 to 5132
Sequence memory high data bus bit0 to bit15
5133 to 5148
Sequence memory opcode data bus bit0 to bit15
5150
Sequence memory address bus failure
5151 to 5174
Sequence memory address bus bit0 to bit23
5200
Sequence memory chip select failure
5201 to 5206
Sequence memory chip select 0 to select 5
5250
Sequence memory chip cell failure
5251 to 5256
Sequence memory chip 0 to chip 5
5300
CH1 Waveform memory data bus failure
5301 to 5316
CH1 Waveform memory data bus bit0 to bit15
5330
CH1 Waveform memory module data bus failure
5331 to 5340
CH1 Waveform memory module data bus module 0 to module 9
5350
CH1 Waveform memory address bus failure
5351 to 5374
CH1 Waveform memory address bus bit0 to bit23
5400
CH1 Waveform memory chip select failure
5401 to 5449
CH1 Waveform memory chip select 0 to select 48
5500
CH1 Waveform memory chip cell failure
5501 to 5549
CH1 Waveform memory chip 0 to chip 48
5550 to 5580
CH1 Waveform memory chip 49 to chip 79
5600
CH2 or CH1 Waveform memory data bus failure
5601 to 5616
CH2 or CH1 Waveform memory data bus bit0 to bit15
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
Messages and Codes
Table 3-15: Device errors (AWG500/600 series) (Cont.)
Error code
Error message
5650
CH2 or CH1 Waveform memory address bus failure
5651 to 5674
CH2 or CH1 Waveform memory address bus bit0 to bit23
5700
CH2 or CH1 Waveform memory chip select failure
5701 to 5748
CH2 or CH1 Waveform memory chip select 0 to select 47
5800
CH2 or CH1 Waveform memory chip cell failure
5801 to 5848
CH2 or CH1 Waveform memory chip 0 to chip 47
5900
CH1 Arb D/A failure
5901 to 5912
CH1 Arb D/A data bit0 to bit11
5950
CH2 Arb D/A failure
5951 to 5962
CH2 Arb D/A data bit0 to bit11
7110
CH1 output offset failure
7111
CH1 output offset
7120
CH1 internal offset failure
7121
CH1 internal offset
7130
CH1 Arb gain failure
7131
CH1 Arb gain
7140
CH1 attenuator failure
7141
CH1 3dB attenuator
7142
CH1 6dB attenuator
7143
CH1 12dB attenuator
7144
CH1 20dB attenuator
7145
CH1 5dB 1 attenuator
7146
CH1 5dB 2 attenuator
7147
CH1 10dB attenuator
7150
CH1 filter failure
7151
CH1 10MHz filter
7152
CH1 20MHz filter
7153
CH1 50MHz filter
7154
CH1 100MHz filter
7155
CH1 200MHz filter
7170
CH1 output key failure
7171
CH1 output key
7210
CH2 or CH1 output offset failure
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
3-33
Messages and Codes
Table 3-15: Device errors (AWG500/600 series) (Cont.)
3-34
Error code
Error message
7211
CH2 or CH1 output offset
7220
CH2 or CH1 internal offset failure
7221
CH2 or CH1 internal offset
7230
CH2 or CH1 Arb gain failure
7231
CH2 or CH1 Arb gain
7240
CH2 or CH1 attenuator failure
7241
CH2 or CH1 3dB attenuator
7242
CH2 or CH1 6dB attenuator
7243
CH2 or CH1 12dB attenuator
7244
CH2 or CH1 20dB attenuator
7250
CH2 or CH1 filter failure
7251
CH2 or CH1 10MHz filter
7252
CH2 or CH1 20MHz filter
7253
CH2 or CH1 50MHz filter
7254
CH2 or CH1 100MHz filter
7270
CH2 or CH1 output key failure
7271
CH2 or CH1 output key
9111
Waveform/Sequence load error: waveform memory full
9112
Waveform/Sequence load error: invalid waveform length
9113
Waveform/Sequence load error: waveform length too short
9114
Waveform/Sequence load error: waveform length changed
9121
Sequence load error: missing file name in sequence
9122
Sequence load error: too many nesting levels
9123
Sequence load error: infinite loop in subsequence
9124
Sequence load error: infinite subsequence loop
9125
Sequence load error: max sequence elements exceeded
9126
Sequence load error: invalid jump address
9127
Sequence load error: sequence memory full
9128
Sequence load error: infinite loop and Goto One not allowed
9151
Waveform load warning: output disabled in some channels
9152
Waveform/Sequence output warning: output disabled
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
Examples
Programming Examples
The floppy disk supplied with the waveform generator contains programming
samples to use the GPIB and Ethernet interfaces. These programs are written in
Microsoft Visual C++ and Visual BASIC.
Figure 4–1 displays what you need to run the GPIB example programs. GPIB
programs run on a PC-compatible system. To us the GPIB interface, your
PC-compatible system must be equipped with a National Instruments GPIB
board and associated drivers. GPIB programs are also compatible with National
Instruments LabVIEW.
The diskette also contains the file README.TXT. Refer to the file for details
about how to run the programs.
National Instruments GPIB board
AWG
Example
programs
GPIB driver
and
Microsoft
Visual
BASIC
Microsoft
Visual
C++
or
PC Compatible
LabVIEW
Figure 4-1: Equipment needed to run the GPIB example programs
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
4-1
Programming Examples
4-2
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
Appendices
Appendix A: Character Charts
Table A-1: The AWG character set
0
0
NUL
1
2
0
16
1
17
2
18
3
19
4
20
5
21
6
22
7
23
8
24
9
25
10
26
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
A
HT
LF
B
11
ESC
27
C
D
CR
12
28
13
29
14
30
15
31
E
F
space
!
"
#
$
%
&
'
(
)
*
+
,
Ċ
.
/
3
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
:
;
<
=
>
?
4
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
@
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
5
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
P
Q
R
S
T
U
V
W
X
Y
Z
[
\
]
^
_
6
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
`
a
b
c
d
e
f
g
h
i
j
k
l
m
n
o
7
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
p
q
r
s
t
u
v
w
x
y
z
{
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
}
~
125
126
rubout
127
A-1
Appendix A: Character Charts
Table A-2: ASCII & GPIB code chart
B7
B6
0
B5
BITS
B4 B3 B2 B1
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 1
0 0 1 0
0 0 1 1
0 1 0 0
0 1 0 1
0 1 1 0
0 1 1 1
1 0 0 0
1 0 0 1
1 0 1 0
1 0 1 1
1 1 0 0
1 1 0 1
1 1 1 0
1 1 1 1
0
0
0
A-2
1
1
0
20
NUL
0
1
SOH
1
2
0
10
GTL
21
1
11
STX
2
3
2
4
EOT
4
5
13
SDC
24
4
14
PPC
25
5
15
6
7
6
10
BS
8
11
HT
9
12
LF
A
13
VT
B
14
FF
C
15
CR
D
16
SO
E
17
SI
F
DC4
NAK
7
17
GET
30
8
18
TCT
31
9
19
CAN
EM
37
15
octal
5
hex
5
19
23
DCL
44
20
24
PPU
45
21
25
46
22
23
27
SPE
50
24
28
SPD
51
25
29
52
26
27
2B
54
28
2C
55
29
2D
56
30
2E
57
31
UNIVERSAL
COMMANDS
ENQ
2A
53
US
1F
26
47
RS
1E
22
43
GS
1D
36
14
18
FS
1C
35
13
42
ESC
1B
34
12
21
SUB
1A
33
11
17
ETB
32
10
41
SYN
16
27
BEL
7
20
DC3
26
ACK
6
16
LL0
DC2
12
3
ENQ
5
DC1
23
ETX
3
40
DLE
22
0
0
1
1
1
NUMBERS
SYMBOLS
CONTROL
ADDRESSED
COMMANDS
KEY
0
0
PPC
5
2F
SP
!
"
#
$
%
&
'
(
)
*
+
,
-
.
/
LA0
60
32
30
LA1
61
33
31
LA2
62
34
32
LA3
63
35
33
LA4
64
36
34
LA5
65
37
35
LA6
66
38
36
LA7
67
39
37
LA8
70
40
38
LA9
71
41
39
LA10
72
42
3A
LA11
73
43
3B
LA12
74
44
3C
LA13
75
45
3D
LA14
76
46
3E
LA15
77
47
3F
0
1
0
0
1
1
UPPER CASE
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
:
;
<
=
>
?
LA16
48
LA17
49
LA18
50
LA19
51
LA20
52
LA21
53
LA22
54
LA23
55
LA24
56
LA25
57
LA26
58
LA27
59
100
40
101
41
102
42
103
43
104
44
105
45
106
46
107
47
110
48
111
49
112
4A
113
4B
LA28
114
60
4C
LA29
115
61
4D
LA30
116
62
UNL
63
LISTEN
ADDRESSES
GPIB code (with ATN asserted)
ASCII character
decimal
4E
117
4F
@
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
TA0
120
64
50
TA1
121
65
51
TA2
122
66
52
TA3
123
67
53
TA4
124
68
54
TA5
125
69
55
TA6
126
70
56
TA7
127
71
57
TA8
130
72
58
TA9
131
73
59
TA10
74
TA11
75
TA12
76
TA13
77
TA14
78
TA15
79
132
5A
133
5B
134
5C
135
5D
136
5E
137
5F
TALK
ADDRESSES
1
1
1
0
1
LOWER CASE
P
Q
R
S
T
U
V
W
X
Y
Z
[
\
]
^
-
TA16
80
TA17
81
TA18
82
TA19
83
TA20
84
TA21
85
TA22
86
TA23
87
TA24
88
TA25
89
TA26
90
TA27
91
TA28
92
TA29
93
TA30
94
UNT
95
140
SA0
160
60
96
70
141
SA1
161
61
142
62
143
63
144
64
145
65
146
66
147
67
150
68
151
69
152
6A
153
6B
154
6C
155
6D
156
6E
157
6F
a
b
c
d
e
f
g
h
i
j
k
l
m
n
o
97
SA2
98
SA3
99
71
162
72
163
73
SA4
164
100
74
SA5
165
101
75
SA6
166
102
76
SA7
167
103
77
SA8
170
104
78
SA9
171
105
79
SA10
106
SA11
107
SA12
108
SA13
109
SA14
110
SA15
111
172
7A
173
7B
p
q
r
s
t
u
v
w
x
y
z
{
174
7D
176
7E
177
7F
112
SA17
113
SA18
114
SA19
115
SA20
116
SA21
117
SA22
118
SA23
119
SA24
120
SA25
121
SA26
122
SA27
123
SA28
7C
175
SA16
124
}
~
SA29
125
SA30
126
RUBOUT
(DEL)
127
SECONDARY ADDRESSES
OR COMMANDS
Tektronix
REF: ANSI STD X3.4Ć1977
IEEE STD 488.1Ć1987
ISO STD 646Ć2973
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
Appendix B: GPIB Interface Specification
This appendix lists and describes the GPIB functions and messages the
waveform generator implements.
Interface Functions
Table B–1 lists the GPIB interface functions this instrument implements. Each
function is briefly described on the next page.
Table B-1: GPIB interface function implementation
Interface function
Implemented
subset
Capability
Acceptor Handshake (AH)
AH1
Complete
Source Handshake (SH)
SH1
Complete
Talker (T)
T6
Basic Talker, Serial Poll
Unaddress if myĆlistenĆaddress (MLA)
No Talk Only mode
Listener (L)
L4
Basic Listener
Unaddress if my talk address (MTA)
No Listen Only mode
Service Request (SR)
SR1
Complete
Remote/Local (RL)
RL1
Complete
Parallel Poll (PP)
PP0
None
Device Clear (DC)
DC1
Complete
Device Trigger (DT)
DT1
Complete
Controller (C)
C0
None
Electrical Interface
E2
ThreeĆstate driver
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
B-1
Appendix B: GPIB Interface Specification
B-2
H
Acceptor Handshake (AH). Enables a listening device to coordinate data
reception. The AH function delays data transfer initiation or termination
until the listening device is ready to receive the next data byte.
H
Source Handshake (SH). Enables a talking device to support the coordination
of data transfer. The SH function controls the initiation and termination of
data byte transfers.
H
Talker (T). Enables a device to send device-dependent data over the
interface. This capability is available only when the device is addressed to
talk, and uses a one-byte address.
H
Listener (L). Enables a device to receive device-dependent data over the
interface. This capability is available only when the device is addressed to
listen, and uses a one-byte address.
H
Service Request (SR). Enables a device to request service from the controller.
H
Remote/Local (RL). Enables a device to select between one of two sources
for waveform generator control. It determines whether input information is
controlled from the front panel (local control) or by GPIB commands
(remote control).
H
Device Clear (DC). Enables a device to be cleared or initialized, either
individually, or as part of a group of devices.
H
Controller (C). Enables a device that has this capability to send its address,
universal commands, and addressed commands to other devices over the
interface.
H
Electrical Interface (E). Identifies the electrical interface driver type. The
notation E1 means the electrical interface uses open collector drivers, E2
means the electrical interface uses three-state drivers.
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
Appendix B: GPIB Interface Specification
Interface Messages
Table B–2 shows the standard interface messages the waveform generator
supports. Brief function descriptions are provided on the next page.
Table B-2: AWG standard interface message
Message
GPIB
DCL
Yes
GET
Yes
GTL
Yes
LLO
Yes
PPC
No
PPD
No
PPE
No
PPU
No
SDC
Yes
SPD
Yes
SPE
Yes
TCT
No
UNL
Yes
UNT
Yes
Listen Addresses
Yes
Talk Addresses
Yes
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
B-3
Appendix B: GPIB Interface Specification
B-4
H
Device Clear (DCL). Will clear (initialize) all devices on the bus that have a
device clear function, whether or not the controller has addressed them.
H
Group Execute Trigger (GET). Triggers all applicable devices and causes
them to initiate their programmed actions.
H
Go To Local (GTL). Causes the listen-addressed device to switch from
remote to local (front-panel) control.
H
Local Lockout (LLO). Disables the return to local function.
H
Parallel Poll Configure (PPC). Causes the listen-addressed device to respond
to the secondary commands Parallel Poll Enable (PPE) and Parallel Poll
Disable (PPD), which are placed on the bus following the PPC command.
PPE enables a device with parallel poll capability to respond on a particular
data line. PPD disables the device from responding to the parallel poll.
H
Select Device Clear (SDC). Clears or initializes all listen-addressed devices.
H
Serial Poll Disable (SPD). Changes all devices on the bus from the serial
poll state to the normal operating state.
H
Serial Poll Enable (SPE). Puts all bus devices that have a service request
function into the serial poll enabled state. In this state, each device sends the
controller its status byte, instead of its normal output, after the device
receives its talk address on the data lines. This function may be used to
determine which device sent a service request.
H
Take Control (TCT). Allows the controller in charge to pass control of the
bus to another controller on the bus.
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
Appendix C: Network Interface Specification
The waveform generator supports remote control with the Ethernet interface.
This Appendix describes the network interface specification.
TCP/IP is used as the network protocol, and the port number is fixed as 4000.
Commands can be sent from the application program through the TCP/IP socket
interface, and queries can be received through the interface.
The following lists the differences between the GPIB interface and the Ethernet
interface.
H
The Line Feed (LF) code is needed as a terminator at the end of a message.
H
The IEEE 488.1 standard (for instance, Device Clear, Service Request, etc.)
is not supported.
H
The Message Exchange Control Protocol in the IEEE 488.2 is not supported.
However, common commands such as *ESE and the event handling features
are supported.
H
The Indefinite format (the block start at #0) in the <ARBITRARY BLOCK
PROGRAM DATA> of the IEEE 488.2 is not supported.
For detailed information about the programming, refer to the Sample Programs
disk supplied with this waveform generator.
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
C-1
Appendix C: Network Interface Specification
C-2
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
Appendix D: SCPI Conformance Information
All commands in the waveform generator are based on SCPI Version 1999.0
(AWG400 series) or SCPI Version 1995.0 (AWG500/600 series). Table D–1 lists
the SCPI commands this waveform generator supports.
Table D-1: SCPI conformance information(AWG400 series)
Defined in
SCPI 1999.0
Command
ABORt
n
ABSTouch
AWGcontrol
Not defined in
SCPI 1999.0
n
DOUTput
[STATe](?)
ENHanced
SEQuence
[JMODe](?)
n
EVENt
LOGic
[IMMediate]
n
SOFTware
[IMMediate]
n
TABLe
[IMMediate]
n
FREQuency
[CW|FIXed]
(?)
n
FUNCtion
[SHAPe]
(?)
n
PHASe
[ADJust]
(?)
n
POLarity
(?)
PULSe
DCYCle
[STATe]
(?)
FG
n
n
(?)
n
n
VOLTageą[LEVel] [IMMediate]ą[AMPLitude](?)
n
VOLTageą[LEVel] [IMMediate]ąOFFSet(?)
n
RMODe(?)
n
RSTATe?
n
RUN
[IMMediate]
n
SREStore
n
SSAVe
n
STOP
[IMMediate]
n
CALibration
[ALL](?)
DIAGnostic
DATA?
n
[IMMediate](?)
n
SELect(?)
n
DISPlay
n
BRIGhtness(?)
n
ENABle(?)
n
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
D-1
Appendix D: SCPI Conformance Information
Table D-1: SCPI conformance information(AWG400 series) (Cont.)
Defined in
SCPI 1999.0
Command
HILight
HCOPy
COLor(?)
n
DESTination
DEVice
n
COLor(?)
n
LANGuage(?)
n
[IMMediate]
SDUMp
MMEMory
n
[IMMediate]
n
CATalog?
n
CDIRectory(?)
n
CLOSe
n
COPY
n
DATA
n
DELete
n
FEED(?)
n
INITialize
n
MDIRectory
n
MSIS(?)
OUTPut
n
MOVE
n
NAME(?)
n
OPEN
n
FILTer
[LPASs]
FREQuency(?)
n
ISTate(?)
n
[STATe](?)
SOURce
n
COMBine
FEED (?)
n
FREQuency
[CW|FIXed](?)
n
FUNCtion
USER(?)
n
MARKer
DELay(?)
n
VOLTageą [LEVel]ą [IMMediate]ą HIGH(?)
n
VOLTageą [LEVel]ą [IMMediate]ą LOW(?)
n
POWer
[LEVel]
ROSCillator
SOURce(?)
[IMMediate]
[AMPLitude](?)
n
n
SKEW(?)
VOLTage
D-2
Not defined in
SCPI 1999.0
n
[LEVel]
[IMMediate]
[AMPLitude](?)
n
OFFSet(?)
n
HIGH(?)
n
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
Appendix D: SCPI Conformance Information
Table D-1: SCPI conformance information(AWG400 series) (Cont.)
Defined in
SCPI 1999.0
Command
LOW(?)
STATus
SYSTem
OPERation
n
[EVENt]?
n
CONDition?
n
ENABle(?)
n
PRESet
n
QUEStionable [EVENt]?
n
CONDition?
n
ENABle(?)
n
BEEPer
[IMMediate]
n
COMMunicate
LAN
DHCP
[CLIent]
LEASe
LAN
DHCP
[CLIent]
[STATe](?)
LAN
FTP [SERVer]
TIME(?)
n
n
[STATe](?)
n
VERSion(?)
n
GATeway
ADDRess(?)
n
NFS
TLIMit(?)
n
PING?
RDEVice
[SELF]
n
ADDRess(?)
n
FSYStem(?)
n
NAME(?)
n
PROTocol(?)
n
[STATe](?)
n
ADDRess(?)
n
MADDress(?)
n
SMASk(?)
n
DATE(?)
ERRor
n
[NEXT]?
n
KDIRection(?)
KEYBoard
n
[TYPE](?)
KLOCk(?)
SECurity
Not defined in
SCPI 1999.0
n
n
IMMediate
TIME(?)
n
n
UPTime?
VERSion?
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
n
n
D-3
Appendix D: SCPI Conformance Information
Table D-2: SCPI conformance information(AWG500/600 series)
Defined in
SCPI 1995.0
Command
ABORt
n
ABSTouch
AWGcontrol
Not defined in
SCPI 1995.0
n
DOUTput
[STATe](?)
ENHanced
SEQuence
[JMODe](?)
n
EVENt
LOGic
[IMMediate]
n
SOFTware
[IMMediate]
n
TABLe
[IMMediate]
n
FREQuency
[CW|FIXed]
(?)
n
FUNCtion
[SHAPe]
(?)
n
PHASe
[ADJust]
(?)
n
POLarity
(?)
PULSe
DCYCle
[STATe]
(?)
FG
n
n
(?)
n
n
VOLTageą[LEVel] [IMMediate]ą[AMPLitude](?)
n
VOLTageą[LEVel] [IMMediate]ąOFFSet(?)
n
RMODe(?)
n
RSTATe?
n
RUN
[IMMediate]
n
SREStore
n
SSAVe
n
STOP
[IMMediate]
n
CALibration
[ALL](?)
DIAGnostic
DATA?
n
[IMMediate](?)
n
SELect(?)
n
DISPlay
BRIGhtness(?)
n
ENABle(?)
n
HILight
D-4
n
COLor(?)
n
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
Appendix D: SCPI Conformance Information
Table D-2: SCPI conformance information(AWG500/600 series) (Cont.)
Defined in
SCPI 1995.0
Command
HCOPy
DESTination
DEVice
n
COLor(?)
n
LANGuage(?)
n
[IMMediate]
SDUMp
MMEMory
n
[IMMediate]
n
CATalog?
n
CDIRectory(?)
n
CLOSe
n
COPY
n
DATA
n
DELete
n
FEED(?)
n
INITialize
n
MDIRectory
n
MSIS(?)
OUTPut
n
MOVE
n
NAME(?)
n
OPEN
n
FILTer
[LPASs]
FREQuency(?)
n
ISTate(?)
n
[STATe](?)
SOURce
Not defined in
SCPI 1995.0
n
COMBine
FEED (?)
n
FREQuency
[CW|FIXed](?)
n
FUNCtion
USER(?)
n
MARKer
DELay(?)
n
VOLTageą [LEVel]ą [IMMediate]ą HIGH(?)
n
VOLTageą [LEVel]ą [IMMediate]ą LOW(?)
n
POWer
[LEVel]
ROSCillator
SOURce(?)
[IMMediate]
[AMPLitude](?)
n
n
SKEW(?)
VOLTage
n
[LEVel]
[IMMediate]
[AMPLitude](?)
n
OFFSet(?)
n
HIGH(?)
n
LOW(?)
n
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
D-5
Appendix D: SCPI Conformance Information
Table D-2: SCPI conformance information(AWG500/600 series) (Cont.)
Defined in
SCPI 1995.0
Command
STATus
SYSTem
OPERation
[EVENt]?
n
CONDition?
n
ENABle(?)
n
PRESet
n
QUEStionable [EVENt]?
n
CONDition?
n
ENABle(?)
n
QUEue
[NEXT] ?
n
BEEPer
[IMMediate]
n
COMMunicate
LAN
DHCP
[CLIent]
LEASe
LAN
DHCP
[CLIent]
[STATe](?)
LAN
FTP [SERVer]
TIME(?)
n
n
[STATe](?)
n
VERSion(?)
n
GATeway
ADDRess(?)
n
NFS
TLIMit(?)
n
PING?
RDEVice
[SELF]
n
ADDRess(?)
n
FSYStem(?)
n
NAME(?)
n
PROTocol(?)
n
[STATe](?)
n
ADDRess(?)
n
MADDress(?)
n
SMASk(?)
n
DATE(?)
n
ERRor?
n
KDIRection(?)
KEYBoard
n
[TYPE](?)
KLOCk(?)
SECurity
TIME(?)
n
n
IMMediate
n
n
UPTime?
VERSion?
D-6
Not defined in
SCPI 1995.0
n
n
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
Appendix E: Factory Initialization Settings
The following tables lists the commands affected by factory initialization. Table
E–1 on page E–1 lists commands for the AWG400 series, and Table E–2 on
page E–4 lists commands for the AWG500/600 series.
The SYStem:SECurity:IMMediate command initializes all the settings as
shown below; the *RST command has no effect on the Status commands and the
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN commands.
Table E-1: Factory initialization settings (AWG400 series)
Header
Default settings
AWGcontrol commands
AWGControl:CLOCk:SOURce
INTernal
AWGControl:DOUTput[1|2]
0
AWGControl:ENHanced:SEQuence[:JMODe]
TABLe
AWGControl:FG:FREQuency[:CW|:FIXed]
1.0MHz
AWGControl:FG<n>:FUNCtion[:SHAPe]
SINusoid
AWGControl:FG<n>:PHASe[:ADJust]
0.000
AWGControl:FG<n>:POLarity
POSitive
AWGControl:FG<n>:PULSe:DCYCle
10.0
AWGControl:FG[:STATe]
0
AWGControl:FG<n>:VOLTage[:LEVel][:IMMediate]
[:AMPLitude]
1.000
AWGControl:FG<n>:VOLTage[:LEVel][:IMMediate]
:OFFSet
0.000
AWGControl:RMODe
CONTinuous
Diagnostic commands
DIAGnostic:SELect
ALL
Display commands
DISPlay:ENABle
1
DISPlay:HILight:COLor
0
Hardcopy commands
HCOPy:DEVice:COLor
0
HCOPy:DEVice:LANGuage
BMP
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
E-1
Appendix E: Factory Initialization Settings
Table E-1: Factory initialization settings (AWG400 series) (Cont.)
Header
Default settings
MMemory commands
MMEMory:CDIRectory
"/"
MMEMory:FEED
"HCOP"
MMEMory:MSIS
"MAIN"
MMEMory:NAME
"HARDCOPY","MAIN"
Output commands
OUTPut[1|2|3]:FILTer[:LPASs]:FREQuency
9.9E+37
OUTPut[1|2|3]:ISTAte
0
OUTPut[1|2|4|5|6][:STATe]
0
Source commands
[SOURce[1|2|3]]:COMBine:FEED
" (null)
[SOURce[1|2|3|4|5|6]]:FREQuency[:CW|:FIXed]
1.0000000E+8
[SOURce[1|2|3|4|5|6]]:FUNCtion:USER
" (null),"MAIN"
SOURce[7|9|11]:POWer[:LEVel][:IMMediate]
[:AMPLitude]
-95
[SOURce[1|2|3|4|5|6]]:ROSCillator:SOURce
INTernal
SOURce[2|3|5|6]:SKEW
0.0
[SOURce[1|2]]:VOLTage[:LEVel][:IMMediate]
[:AMPLitude]
1.000
[SOURce[1|2]:]VOLTage[:LEVel][:IMMediate]:
OFFSet
0.000
Status commands
E-2
*ESEĂ1
0
*PSCĂ1
1
*SREĂ1
0
STATus:OPERation:ENABleĂ1
0
STATus:QUEStionable:ENABleĂ1
0
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
Appendix E: Factory Initialization Settings
Table E-1: Factory initialization settings (AWG400 series) (Cont.)
Header
Default settings
System commands
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:DHCP[:CLIent]:LEASe:
TIME
28800
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:DHCP[:CLIent][:STATe]Ă1
0
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:FTP[:SERVer][:STATe]Ă1
0
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:FTP[:SERVer]:VERSionĂ1
STANdard
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:GATeway<x>:ADDRessĂ1
" (null)
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:NFS:TLIMit
300
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:RDEVice<x>:ADDRessĂ1
" (null)
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:RDEVice<x>:FSYStemĂ1
" (null)
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:RDEVice<x>:NAMEĂ1
"NET<x>"
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:RDEVice<x>:PROTocolĂ1
NFS
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:RDEVice<x>[:STATe]Ă1
0
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN[:SELF]:ADDRessĂ1
" (null)
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN[:SELF]:SMASkĂ1
" (null)
SYSTem:KDIRection
FORWard
SYSTem:KEYBoard[:TYPE]
ASCii
SYSTem:KLOCK
0
Trigger commands
TRIGger[:SEQuence]:IMPedance
5.0E+1
TRIGger[:SEQuence]:LEVel
1.4
TRIGger[:SEQuence]:POLarity
POSitive
TRIGger[:SEQuence]:SLOPe
POSitive
TRIGger[:SEQuence]:SOURce
EXTernal
TRIGger[:SEQuence]:TIMer
1.00E-1
1
These commands are not affected by the *RST command.
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
E-3
Appendix E: Factory Initialization Settings
The following table lists the AWG 500/600 series commands affected by factory
initialization. Table E–1 on page E–1 lists affected commands for the AWG400
series.
Table E-2: Factory initialization settings (AWG500/600 series)
Header
Default settings
AWGcontrol commands
AWGControl:CLOCk:SOURce
INTernal(AWG500 series
only)
AWGControl:DOUTput[1|2]
0
AWGControl:ENHanced:SEQuence[:JMODe]
TABLe
AWGControl:FG:FREQuency[:CW|:FIXed]
5.0MHz(AWG500 series)
13.0MHz(AWG600 series)
AWGControl:FG<n>:FUNCtion[:SHAPe]
SINusoid
AWGControl:FG<n>:PHASe[:ADJust]
0.000
AWGControl:FG<n>:POLarity
POSitive
AWGControl:FG<n>:PULSe:DCYCle
10.0
AWGControl:FG[:STATe]
0
AWGControl:FG<n>:VOLTage[:LEVel][:IMMediate]
[:AMPLitude]
1.000
AWGControl:FG<n>:VOLTage[:LEVel][:IMMediate]
:OFFSet
0.000
AWGControl:RMODe
CONTinuous
Diagnostic commands
DIAGnostic:SELect
ALL
Display commands
DISPlay:BRIGhtness
0.7
Hardcopy commands
HCOPy:DEVice:LANGuage
BMP
MMemory commands
E-4
MMEMory:CDIRectory
"/"
MMEMory:FEED
"HCOP"
MMEMory:MSIS
"MAIN"
MMEMory:NAME
"HARDCOPY","MAIN"
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
Appendix E: Factory Initialization Settings
Table E-2: Factory initialization settings (AWG500/600 series) (Cont.)
Header
Default settings
Output commands
OUTPut[1|2]:FILTer[:LPASs]:FREQuency
9.9E+37
OUTPut[1]:ISTAte
0
OUTPut[1|2|5|7][:STATe]
0
Source commands
[SOURce1]:COMBine:FEED
" (null)
[SOURce[1|2|5]]:FREQuency[:CW|:FIXed]
1.0000000E+8
[SOURce[1|2|5]]:FUNCtion:USER
" (null),"MAIN"
[SOURce[1|2|5]]:MARKer<y>:DELay
0
[SOURce[1|2|5]]:MARKer<y>:VOLTage[:LEVel]
[:IMMediate]:HIGH
2.00
[SOURce[1|2|5]]:MARKer<y>:VOLTage[:LEVel]
[:IMMediate]:LOW
0.00
SOURce7:POWer[:LEVel][:IMMediate][:AMPLitude]
-105
[SOURce[1|2|5]]:ROSCillator:SOURce
INTernal
[SOURce[1|2]]:VOLTage[:LEVel][:IMMediate]
[:AMPLitude]
1.000
SOURce5:VOLTage[:LEVel][:IMMediate]:HIGH
2.00
SOURce5:VOLTage[:LEVel][:IMMediate]:LOW
0.00
[SOURce[1|2]:]VOLTage[:LEVel][:IMMediate]:
OFFSet
0.000
Status commands
*ESEĂ1
0
*PSCĂ1
1
*SREĂ1
0
STATus:OPERation:ENABleĂ1
0
STATus:QUEStionable:ENABleĂ1
0
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
E-5
Appendix E: Factory Initialization Settings
Table E-2: Factory initialization settings (AWG500/600 series) (Cont.)
Header
Default settings
System commands
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:FTP[:SERVer][:STATe]Ă1
0
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:FTP[:SERVer]:VERSionĂ1
STANdard
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:GATEeway<x>:ADDRessĂ1
" (null)
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:NFS:TLIMit
300
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:RDEVice<x>:ADDRessĂ1
" (null)
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:RDEVice<x>:FSYStemĂ1
" (null)
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:RDEVice<x>:NAMEĂ1
"NET<x>"
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:RDEVice<x>:PROTocolĂ1
NFS
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:RDEVice<x>[:STATe]Ă1
0
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN[:SELF]:ADDRessĂ1
" (null)
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN[:SELF]:SMASkĂ1
" (null)
SYSTem:KDIRection
FORWard
SYSTem:KEYBoard[:TYPE]
ASCii
SYSTem:KLOCK
0
Trigger commands
TRIGger[:SEQuence]:IMPedance
1.0E+03
TRIGger[:SEQuence]:LEVel
1.4
TRIGger[:SEQuence]:POLarity
POSitive
TRIGger[:SEQuence]:SLOPe
POSitive
TRIGger[:SEQuence]:SOURce
EXTernal
TRIGger[:SEQuence]:TIMer
1.00E-1
1
E-6
These commands are not affected by the *RST command.
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
Glossary and Index
Glossary
ASCII
Acronym for the American Standard Code for Information Interchange.
Controllers transmit commands to the instrument using ASCII character
encoding.
Address
A 7-bit code that identifies an instrument on the communication bus. The
instrument must have a unique address for the controller to recognize and
transmit commands.
BNF (Backus-Naur Form)
A standard notation system for command syntax diagrams. The syntax
diagrams in this manual use BNF notation.
Controller
A computer or other device that sends commands to and accepts responses
from the digitizing oscilloscope.
EOI
A mnemonic referring to the control line “End or Identify” on the GPIB
interface bus. One of the two possible end-of-message terminators.
EOM
A generic acronym referring to the end-of-message terminator. The
end-of-message terminator can be either an EOI or the ASCII code for line
feed (LF).
GPIB
Acronym for General Purpose Interface Bus, the common name for the
communications interface system defined in IEEE Std 488.
IEEE
Acronym for the Institute for Electrical and Electronic Engineers.
QuickC
A computer language (distributed by Microsoft) that is based on C.
SCPI
Acronym for Standard Commands for Programmable Instruments.
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
Glossary-1
Glossary
Glossary-2
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
Index
A
AbbreviationsȤcommands, queries, and parameĆ
tersȡ2-5
ABORtȡ2-31
ABSTouchȡ2-32
ArgumentsȤparametersȡ2-4
AWG control command groupȡ2-20
AWG control commands
AWGControl:CLOCk:SOURceȡ2-37
AWGControl:DOUTput<x>[:STATe]ȡ2-37
AWGControl:ENHanced:SEQuence[:JMODe]ȡ
2-39
AWGControl:EVENt[:LOGic][:IMMediate]ȡ
2-39
AWGControl:EVENt:SOFTware[:IMMediate]ȡ
2-40
AWGControl:EVENt:TABLe[:IMMediate]ȡ
2-41
AWGControl:FG:FREQuency[:CW|:FIXed]ȡ
2-41
AWGControl:FG<n>:FUNCtion[:SHAPe]ȡ
2-42
AWGControl:FG<n>:PHASe[:ADJust]ȡ2-44
AWGControl:FG<n>:POLarityȡ2-45
AWGControl:FG<n>:PULSe:DCYCleȡ2-46
AWGControl:FG[:STATe]ȡ2-47
AWGControl:FG<n>:VOLTage[:LEVel][:IMĆ
Mediate][:AMPLitude]ȡ2-48
AWGControl:FG<n>:VOLTage[:LEVel][:IMĆ
Mediate]:OFFSetȡ2-49
AWGControl:RMODeȡ2-50
AWGControl:RSTate?ȡ2-51
AWGControl:RUN[:IMMediate]ȡ2-51
AWGControl:SREStoreȡ2-52
AWGControl:SSAVeȡ2-53
AWGControl:STOP[:IMMediate]ȡ2-53
AWGControl:CLOCk:SOURceȡ2-37
AWGControl:DOUTput<x>[:STATe]ȡ2-37
AWGControl:ENHanced:SEQuence[:JMODe]ȡ
2-39
AWGControl:EVENt[:LOGic][:IMMediate]ȡ
2-39
AWGControl:EVENt:SOFTware[:IMMediate]ȡ
2-40
AWGControl:EVENt:TABLe[:IMMediate]ȡ
2-41
AWGControl:FG:FREQuency[:CW|:FIXed]ȡ
2-41
AWGControl:FG<n>:FUNCtion[:SHAPe]ȡ
2-42
AWGControl:FG<n>:PHASe[:ADJust]ȡ2-44
AWGControl:FG<n>:POLarityȡ2-45
AWGControl:FG<n>:PULSe:DCYCleȡ2-46
AWGControl:FG[:STATe]ȡ2-47
AWGControl:FG<n>:VOLTage[:LEVel][:IMĆ
Mediate][:AMPLitude]ȡ2-48
AWGControl:FG<n>:VOLTage[:LEVel][:IMĆ
Mediate]:OFFSetȡ2-49
AWGControl:RMODeȡ2-50
AWGControl:RSTate?ȡ2-51
AWGControl:RUN[:IMMediate]ȡ2-51
AWGControl:SREStoreȡ2-52
AWGControl:SSAVeȡ2-53
AWGControl:STOP[:IMMediate]ȡ2-53
B
Backus-Naur Formȡ2-1
BNF (Backus-Naur form)ȡ2-1
C
*CAL?ȡ2-54
Calibration command groupȡ2-21
Calibration commands
*CAL?ȡ2-54
CALibration[:ALL]ȡ2-55
CALibration[:ALL]ȡ2-55
Case sensitivityȡ2-8
Character chartȡA-1
*CLSȡ2-56
CodeȤerrorȡ3-15
Code Convert Fileȡ2-137
CommandȤsummariesȡ2-20
Command group
AWG controlȡ2-20
Calibrationȡ2-21
Diagnosticȡ2-21
Displayȡ2-21
Hardcopyȡ2-22
Mass memoryȡ2-23
Outputȡ2-24
Sourceȡ2-25
Statusȡ2-27
Synchronizationȡ2-27
Systemȡ2-28
Triggerȡ2-30
Command Groupsȡ2-17
Command Quick Referenceȡ2-18
Function Groupsȡ2-17
Command Quick Referenceȡ2-18
Command syntaxȡ2-1
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
Index-1
Index
Commands
chainingȡ2-6
Parts ofȡ1-1
structure of IEEE 488.2 commandsȡ2-9
Constructed Mnemonicsȡ2-10
Creating commandsȡ2-3
D
Data Fileȡ2-129
Data TransferȤData Fileȡ2-129Ȥ2-130
Data transferȡ2-129
DCLȡB-3
Device ClearȡB-3
Diagnostic command groupȡ2-21
Diagnostic commands
*TST?ȡ2-124
DIAGnostic:DATA?ȡ2-56
DIAGnostic[:IMMediate]ȡ2-57
DIAGnostic:SELectȡ2-58
DIAGnostic:DATA?ȡ2-56
DIAGnostic[:IMMediate]ȡ2-57
DIAGnostic:SELectȡ2-58
DiagramȤsyntaxȡ2-15
Disks included with this manualȡ1-3
Display command groupȡ2-21
Display commands
ABSTouchȡ2-32
DISPlay:BRIGhtnessȡ2-59
DISPlay:ENABleȡ2-59
DISPlay:HILight:COLorȡ2-60
DISPlay:BRIGhtnessȡ2-59
DISPlay:ENABleȡ2-59
DISPlay:HILight:COLorȡ2-60
E
GETȡB-3
Go to localȡB-3
GPIB
Configurationsȡ1-6
Connection rulesȡ1-6
interface messagesȡB-3
interface specificationȡB-1
Setting parametersȡ1-6
Group execute triggerȡB-3
GroupsȤcommandȡ2-17
GTLȡB-3
H
Hardcopy command groupȡ2-22
Hardcopy commands
HCOPy:DESTinationȡ2-62
HCOPy:DEVice:COLorȡ2-63
HCOPy:DEVice:LANGuageȡ2-63
HCOPy:SDUMp[:IMMediate]ȡ2-65
HCOPy[:IMMediate]ȡ2-64
HCOPy:DESTinationȡ2-62
HCOPy:DEVice:COLorȡ2-63
HCOPy:DEVice:LANGuageȡ2-63
HCOPy:SDUMp[:IMMediate]ȡ2-65
HCOPy[:IMMediate]ȡ2-64
*IDN?ȡ2-65
IEEE 488.2 common commandsȡ2-9
IEEE Std 488.2-1987ȡ1-4
Instrument setupȡ1-4Ȥ1-8
Interface messageȡB-3
L
LLOȡB-3
Local lock outȡB-3
M
Factory initialization settingsȡE-1
Index-2
G
I
Enable registersȡ3-8
equation fileȡ2-136
Error codeȡ3-15
Error codes
AWG400/500/600 uniqueȡ3-23
commandsȡ3-16
device specificȡ3-20
executionȡ3-18
hardwareȡ3-20Ȥ3-23
queryȡ3-21
Error messageȡ3-15
*ESEȡ2-61
*ESRȡ2-62
Ethernet
Network testȡ1-10
Setting parametersȡ1-9
Example programsȡ1-3
F
File
Code Convertȡ2-137
equationȡ2-136
Patternȡ2-132
Sequenceȡ2-134
Waveformȡ2-131
Function Groupsȡ2-17
Mass memory command groupȡ2-23
Mass memory commands
MMEMory:CATalog?ȡ2-66
MMEMory:CDIRectoryȡ2-67
MMEMory:CLOSeȡ2-67
MMEMory:COPYȡ2-68
MMEMory:DATAȡ2-69
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
Index
MMEMory:DELeteȡ2-69
MMEMory:FEEDȡ2-70
MMEMory:INITializeȡ2-71
MMEMory:MDIRectoryȡ2-72
MMEMory:MOVEȡ2-72
MMEMory:MSISȡ2-73
MMEMory:NAMEȡ2-74
MMEMory:OPENȡ2-75
MessageȤerrorȡ3-15
MMEMory:CATalog?ȡ2-66
MMEMory:CDIRectoryȡ2-67
MMEMory:CLOSeȡ2-67
MMEMory:COPYȡ2-68
MMEMory:DATAȡ2-69
MMEMory:DELeteȡ2-69
MMEMory:FEEDȡ2-70
MMEMory:INITializeȡ2-71
MMEMory:MDIRectoryȡ2-72
MMEMory:MOVEȡ2-72
MMEMory:MSISȡ2-73
MMEMory:NAMEȡ2-74
MMEMory:OPENȡ2-75
Mnemonics, Constructedȡ2-10
N
National Instrumentsȡ4-1
NetworkȤinterface specificationȡC-1
Network testȤEthernetȡ1-10
O
*OPCȡ2-76
*OPT?ȡ2-76
Output command groupȡ2-24
Output commands
OUTPut<x>:FILTer[:LPASs]:FREQuencyȡ
2-77
OUTPut<x>:ISTateȡ2-78
OUTPut<x>[:STATe]ȡ2-79
OUTPut<x>:FILTer[:LPASs]:FREQuencyȡ2-77
OUTPut<x>:ISTateȡ2-78
OUTPut<x>[:STATe]ȡ2-79
P
Parallel pollȡB-3
Parameter setting
Ethernetȡ1-9
GPIBȡ1-6
Parameter types used in syntax descriptionsȡ2-4
Parts of commandsȡ1-1
Pattern Fileȡ2-132
PPCȡB-3
PPDȡB-3
PPEȡB-3
PPUȡB-3
*PSCȡ2-80
Q
Queriesȡ2-3
Query Responsesȡ2-3
Queuesȡ3-10
eventȡ3-10
outputȡ3-10
Quotesȡ2-8
R
README.TXTȡ4-1
Registersȡ3-4
Event Status Enable Register (ESER)ȡ3-8
Operation Condition Register (OCR)ȡ3-7
Operation Enable Register (OENR)ȡ3-9
Operation Event Register (OEVR)ȡ3-7
Questionable Condition Register (OCR)ȡ3-7
Questionable Enable Register (QENR)ȡ3-9
Questionable Event Register (OEVR)ȡ3-8
Service Request Enable Register (SRER)ȡ3-8
Standard Event Status Register (SESR)ȡ3-6
Status Byte Register (SRB)ȡ3-5
ResponseȤRetrievingȡ2-127
Retrieving Responseȡ2-127
*RSTȡ2-81
RulesȤfor using SCPI commandsȡ2-8
S
SCPI
abbreviatingȡ2-5
chaining commandsȡ2-6
commandsȡ2-2
conformation informationȡD-1
general rulesȡ2-8
parameter typesȡ2-4
subsystem hierarchy treeȡ2-2
SCPI commands and queries syntaxȡ2-2ć2-8
creating commandsȡ2-3
creating queriesȡ2-3
SDCȡB-3
Selected device clearȡB-3
Sequence Fileȡ2-134
Serial poll
DisableȡB-3
EnableȡB-3
SetupȤInstrument preparationȡ1-4Ȥ1-8
SI prefix and unitȡ2-7
Source command groupȡ2-25
Source commands
[SOURce<x>]:COMBine:FEEDȡ2-81
[SOURce<x>]:FREQuency[:CW|FIXed]ȡ
2-83
[SOURce<x>]:FUNCtion:USERȡ2-84
[SOURce<x>]:MARKer[1|2]:DELayȡ2-85
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
Index-3
Index
[SOURce<x>]:MARKer[1|2]:VOLTage[:LEVĆ
el][:IMMediate]:HIGHȡ2-86
[SOURce<x>]:MARKer[1|2]:VOLTage[:LEVĆ
el][:IMMediate]:LOWȡ2-87
SOURce<x>:POWer[:LEVel][:IMMediĆ
ate][:AMPlitude]ȡ2-88
[SOURce<x>]:ROSCillator:SOURceȡ2-89
SOURce<x>:SKEWȡ2-90
[SOURce<x>]:VOLTage[:LEVel][:IMMediĆ
ate][:AMPlitude]ȡ2-90
SOURce5:VOLTage[:LEVel][:IMMediĆ
ate]:HIGHȡ2-91
SOURce5:VOLTage[:LEVel][:IMMediĆ
ate]:LOWȡ2-92
[SOURce<x>]:VOLTage[:LEVel][:IMMediĆ
ate]:OFFSetȡ2-93
[SOURce<x>]:COMBine:FEEDȡ2-81
[SOURce<x>]:FREQuency[:CW|FIXed]ȡ2-83
[SOURce<x>]:FUNCtion:USERȡ2-84
[SOURce<x>]:MARKer[1|2]:DELayȡ2-85
[SOURce<x>]:MARKer[1|2]:VOLTage[:LEVĆ
el][:IMMediate]:HIGHȡ2-86
[SOURce<x>]:MARKer[1|2]:VOLTage[:LEVĆ
el][:IMMediate]:LOWȡ2-87
SOURce<x>:POWer[:LEVel][:IMMediate][:AMĆ
Plitude]ȡ2-88
[SOURce<x>]:ROSCillator:SOURceȡ2-89
SOURce<x>:SKEWȡ2-90
[SOURce<x>]:VOLTage[:LEVel][:IMMediĆ
ate][:AMPlitude]ȡ2-90
SOURce5:VOLTage[:LEVel][:IMMediate]:HIGH
ȡ2-91
SOURce5:VOLTage[:LEVel][:IMMediate]:LOWȡ
2-92
[SOURce<x>]:VOLTage[:LEVel][:IMMediĆ
ate]:OFFSetȡ2-93
SPDȡB-3
SPEȡB-3
Special charactersȡ2-5
*SREȡ2-94
Status and error commands
STATus:OPERation:ENABleȡ3-9
STATus:QUEStionable:ENABleȡ3-9
Status and eventsȤdisplaying on screenȡ3-13
Status command groupȡ2-27
Status commands
*CLSȡ2-56
*ESEȡ2-61
*ESR?ȡ2-62
*PSCȡ2-80
*SREȡ2-94
*STB?ȡ2-100
STATus:OPERation:CONDition?ȡ2-95
STATus:OPERation:ENABleȡ2-96
Index-4
STATus:OPERation[:EVENt]?ȡ2-96
STATus:PRESetȡ2-97
STATus:QUEStionable:CONDition?ȡ2-97
STATus:QUEStionable:ENABleȡ2-98
STATus:QUEStionable[:EVENt]?ȡ2-99
STATus:QUEue[:NEXT]?ȡ2-99
Status registersȡ3-4
Status reportingȡ3-1
STATus:OPERation:CONDition?ȡ2-95
STATus:OPERation:ENABleȡ2-96Ȥ3-9
STATus:OPERation[:EVENt]?ȡ2-96
STATus:PRESetȡ2-97
STATus:QUEStionable:CONDition?ȡ2-97
STATus:QUEStionable:ENABleȡ2-98Ȥ3-9
STATus:QUEStionable[:EVENt]?ȡ2-99
STATus:QUEue[:NEXT]?ȡ2-99
*STB?ȡ2-100
Synchronization command groupȡ2-27
Synchronization commands
*OPCȡ2-76
*WAIȡ2-125
Synchronizing executionȡ3-14
Syntax
Commandȡ2-1
diagramsȡ2-15
Syntax diagramsȡ1-1
System command groupȡ2-28
System commands
*IDN?ȡ2-65
*OPT?ȡ2-76
*RSTȡ2-81
SYSTem:BEEPer[:IMMediate]ȡ2-101
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:DHCP[:CLIĆ
ent]:LEASe:TIMEȡ2-101
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:DHCP[:CLIĆ
ent][:STATe]ȡ2-102
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:FTP[:SERVĆ
er][:STATe]ȡ2-103
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:FTP[:SERVĆ
er]:VERSionȡ2-103
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:GATeĆ
way[1|2|3]:ADDRessȡ2-104
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:NFS:TLIMitȡ
2-105
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:PING?ȡ2-105
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:RDEĆ
Vice[1|2|3]:ADDRessȡ2-106
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:RDEĆ
Vice[1|2|3]:FSYStemȡ2-107
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:RDEĆ
Vice[1|2|3]:NAMEȡ2-107
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:RDEĆ
Vice[1|2|3]:PROTocolȡ2-108
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
Index
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:RDEĆ
Vice[1|2|3][:STATe]ȡ2-109
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN[:SELF]:ADĆ
DRessȡ2-109
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN[:SELF]:MADĆ
Dressȡ2-110
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN[:SELF]:SMASkȡ
2-111
SYSTem:DATEȡ2-112
SYSTem:ERRor?ȡ2-113
SYSTem:ERRor[:NEXT]?ȡ2-114
SYSTem:KDIRectionȡ2-115
SYSTem:KEYBoard[:TYPE]ȡ2-115
SYSTem:KLOCkȡ2-116
SYSTem:SECurity:IMMediateȡ2-117
SYSTem:TIMEȡ2-117
SYSTem:UPTime?ȡ2-118
SYSTem:VERSion?ȡ2-119
SYSTem:BEEPer[:IMMediate]ȡ2-101
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:DHCP[:CLIĆ
ent]:LEASe:TIMEȡ2-101
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:DHCP[:CLIĆ
ent][:STATe]ȡ2-102
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:FTP[:SERVĆ
er][:STATe]ȡ2-103
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:FTP[:SERVĆ
er]:VERSionȡ2-103
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:GATeĆ
way[1|2|3]:ADDRessȡ2-104
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:NFS:TLIMitȡ
2-105
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:PING?ȡ2-105
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:RDEĆ
Vice[1|2|3]:ADDRessȡ2-106
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:RDEĆ
Vice[1|2|3]:FSYStemȡ2-107
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:RDEĆ
Vice[1|2|3]:NAMEȡ2-107
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:RDEĆ
Vice[1|2|3]:PROTocolȡ2-108
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:RDEĆ
Vice[1|2|3][:STATe]ȡ2-109
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN[:SELF]:ADDRessȡ
2-109
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN[:SELF]:MADDress
ȡ2-110
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN[:SELF]:SMASkȡ
2-111
SYSTem:DATEȡ2-112
SYSTem:ERRor?ȡ2-113
SYSTem:ERRor[:NEXT]?ȡ2-114
SYSTem:KDIRectionȡ2-115
SYSTem:KEYBoard[:TYPE]ȡ2-115
SYSTem:KLOCkȡ2-116
SYSTem:SECurity:IMMediateȡ2-117
SYSTem:TIMEȡ2-117
SYSTem:UPTime?ȡ2-118
SYSTem:VERSion?ȡ2-119
T
TCTȡB-3
TransferȤdataȡ2-129
*TRGȡ2-119
Trigger command groupȡ2-30
Trigger commands
*TRGȡ2-119
ABORtȡ2-31
TRIGger[:SEQuence][:IMMediate]ȡ2-120
TRIGger[:SEQuence]:IMPedanceȡ2-120
TRIGger[:SEQuence]:LEVelȡ2-121
TRIGger[:SEQuence]:POLarityȡ2-121
TRIGger[:SEQuence]:SLOPeȡ2-122
TRIGger[:SEQuence]:SOURceȡ2-123
TRIGger[:SEQuence]:TIMerȡ2-123
TRIGger[:SEQuence][:IMMediate]ȡ2-120
TRIGger[:SEQuence]:IMPedanceȡ2-120
TRIGger[:SEQuence]:LEVelȡ2-121
TRIGger[:SEQuence]:POLarityȡ2-121
TRIGger[:SEQuence]:SLOPeȡ2-122
TRIGger[:SEQuence]:SOURceȡ2-123
TRIGger[:SEQuence]:TIMerȡ2-123
*TST?ȡ2-124
U
Unit and SI prefixȡ2-7
UNLȡB-3
UnlistenȡB-3
UNTȡB-3
UntalkȡB-3
W
*WAIȡ2-125
Waveform and Pattern Filesȡ2-130
Waveform Fileȡ2-131
Where to find other informationȡix
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
Index-5
Index
Index-6
AWG400/500/600 Series Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual
Was this manual useful for you? yes no
Thank you for your participation!

* Your assessment is very important for improving the work of artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project

Download PDF

advertisement